Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in config
tc-alpha.c revision 1.9
      1  1.1     skrll /* tc-alpha.c - Processor-specific code for the DEC Alpha AXP CPU.
      2  1.9  christos    Copyright (C) 1989-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      3  1.1     skrll    Contributed by Carnegie Mellon University, 1993.
      4  1.1     skrll    Written by Alessandro Forin, based on earlier gas-1.38 target CPU files.
      5  1.1     skrll    Modified by Ken Raeburn for gas-2.x and ECOFF support.
      6  1.1     skrll    Modified by Richard Henderson for ELF support.
      7  1.1     skrll    Modified by Klaus K"ampf for EVAX (OpenVMS/Alpha) support.
      8  1.1     skrll 
      9  1.1     skrll    This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
     10  1.1     skrll 
     11  1.1     skrll    GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
     12  1.1     skrll    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
     13  1.1     skrll    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
     14  1.1     skrll    any later version.
     15  1.1     skrll 
     16  1.1     skrll    GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     17  1.1     skrll    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     18  1.1     skrll    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     19  1.1     skrll    GNU General Public License for more details.
     20  1.1     skrll 
     21  1.1     skrll    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     22  1.1     skrll    along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
     23  1.1     skrll    Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
     24  1.1     skrll    02110-1301, USA.  */
     25  1.1     skrll 
     26  1.1     skrll /* Mach Operating System
     27  1.1     skrll    Copyright (c) 1993 Carnegie Mellon University
     28  1.1     skrll    All Rights Reserved.
     29  1.1     skrll 
     30  1.1     skrll    Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its
     31  1.1     skrll    documentation is hereby granted, provided that both the copyright
     32  1.1     skrll    notice and this permission notice appear in all copies of the
     33  1.1     skrll    software, derivative works or modified versions, and any portions
     34  1.1     skrll    thereof, and that both notices appear in supporting documentation.
     35  1.1     skrll 
     36  1.1     skrll    CARNEGIE MELLON ALLOWS FREE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IN ITS
     37  1.1     skrll    CONDITION.  CARNEGIE MELLON DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY OF ANY KIND FOR
     38  1.1     skrll    ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
     39  1.1     skrll 
     40  1.1     skrll    Carnegie Mellon requests users of this software to return to
     41  1.1     skrll 
     42  1.1     skrll     Software Distribution Coordinator  or  Software.Distribution (at) CS.CMU.EDU
     43  1.1     skrll     School of Computer Science
     44  1.1     skrll     Carnegie Mellon University
     45  1.1     skrll     Pittsburgh PA 15213-3890
     46  1.1     skrll 
     47  1.1     skrll    any improvements or extensions that they make and grant Carnegie the
     48  1.1     skrll    rights to redistribute these changes.  */
     49  1.1     skrll 
     50  1.1     skrll #include "as.h"
     51  1.1     skrll #include "subsegs.h"
     52  1.1     skrll #include "ecoff.h"
     53  1.1     skrll 
     54  1.1     skrll #include "opcode/alpha.h"
     55  1.1     skrll 
     56  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
     57  1.1     skrll #include "elf/alpha.h"
     58  1.1     skrll #endif
     59  1.1     skrll 
     60  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
     61  1.3  christos #include "vms.h"
     62  1.3  christos #include "vms/egps.h"
     63  1.3  christos #endif
     64  1.3  christos 
     65  1.3  christos #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
     66  1.1     skrll #include "dw2gencfi.h"
     67  1.1     skrll #include "safe-ctype.h"
     68  1.1     skrll 
     69  1.1     skrll /* Local types.  */
     71  1.1     skrll 
     72  1.1     skrll #define TOKENIZE_ERROR 		-1
     73  1.1     skrll #define TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT	-2
     74  1.1     skrll #define MAX_INSN_FIXUPS		 2
     75  1.1     skrll #define MAX_INSN_ARGS		 5
     76  1.3  christos 
     77  1.3  christos /* Used since new relocation types are introduced in this
     78  1.3  christos    file (DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_*) */
     79  1.3  christos typedef int extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type;
     80  1.1     skrll 
     81  1.1     skrll struct alpha_fixup
     82  1.1     skrll {
     83  1.3  christos   expressionS exp;
     84  1.3  christos   /* bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc; */
     85  1.3  christos   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
     86  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
     87  1.3  christos   /* The symbol of the item in the linkage section.  */
     88  1.3  christos   symbolS *xtrasym;
     89  1.3  christos 
     90  1.3  christos   /* The symbol of the procedure descriptor.  */
     91  1.3  christos   symbolS *procsym;
     92  1.1     skrll #endif
     93  1.1     skrll };
     94  1.1     skrll 
     95  1.1     skrll struct alpha_insn
     96  1.1     skrll {
     97  1.1     skrll   unsigned insn;
     98  1.1     skrll   int nfixups;
     99  1.1     skrll   struct alpha_fixup fixups[MAX_INSN_FIXUPS];
    100  1.1     skrll   long sequence;
    101  1.1     skrll };
    102  1.1     skrll 
    103  1.1     skrll enum alpha_macro_arg
    104  1.1     skrll   {
    105  1.1     skrll     MACRO_EOA = 1,
    106  1.1     skrll     MACRO_IR,
    107  1.1     skrll     MACRO_PIR,
    108  1.1     skrll     MACRO_OPIR,
    109  1.1     skrll     MACRO_CPIR,
    110  1.3  christos     MACRO_FPR,
    111  1.1     skrll     MACRO_EXP
    112  1.1     skrll   };
    113  1.1     skrll 
    114  1.1     skrll struct alpha_macro
    115  1.1     skrll {
    116  1.1     skrll   const char *name;
    117  1.1     skrll   void (*emit) (const expressionS *, int, const void *);
    118  1.1     skrll   const void * arg;
    119  1.1     skrll   enum alpha_macro_arg argsets[16];
    120  1.1     skrll };
    121  1.1     skrll 
    122  1.1     skrll /* Extra expression types.  */
    123  1.1     skrll 
    124  1.1     skrll #define O_pregister	O_md1	/* O_register, in parentheses.  */
    125  1.1     skrll #define O_cpregister	O_md2	/* + a leading comma.  */
    126  1.1     skrll 
    127  1.1     skrll /* The alpha_reloc_op table below depends on the ordering of these.  */
    128  1.1     skrll #define O_literal	O_md3		/* !literal relocation.  */
    129  1.1     skrll #define O_lituse_addr	O_md4		/* !lituse_addr relocation.  */
    130  1.1     skrll #define O_lituse_base	O_md5		/* !lituse_base relocation.  */
    131  1.1     skrll #define O_lituse_bytoff	O_md6		/* !lituse_bytoff relocation.  */
    132  1.1     skrll #define O_lituse_jsr	O_md7		/* !lituse_jsr relocation.  */
    133  1.1     skrll #define O_lituse_tlsgd	O_md8		/* !lituse_tlsgd relocation.  */
    134  1.1     skrll #define O_lituse_tlsldm	O_md9		/* !lituse_tlsldm relocation.  */
    135  1.1     skrll #define O_lituse_jsrdirect O_md10	/* !lituse_jsrdirect relocation.  */
    136  1.1     skrll #define O_gpdisp	O_md11		/* !gpdisp relocation.  */
    137  1.1     skrll #define O_gprelhigh	O_md12		/* !gprelhigh relocation.  */
    138  1.1     skrll #define O_gprellow	O_md13		/* !gprellow relocation.  */
    139  1.1     skrll #define O_gprel		O_md14		/* !gprel relocation.  */
    140  1.1     skrll #define O_samegp	O_md15		/* !samegp relocation.  */
    141  1.1     skrll #define O_tlsgd		O_md16		/* !tlsgd relocation.  */
    142  1.1     skrll #define O_tlsldm	O_md17		/* !tlsldm relocation.  */
    143  1.1     skrll #define O_gotdtprel	O_md18		/* !gotdtprel relocation.  */
    144  1.1     skrll #define O_dtprelhi	O_md19		/* !dtprelhi relocation.  */
    145  1.1     skrll #define O_dtprello	O_md20		/* !dtprello relocation.  */
    146  1.1     skrll #define O_dtprel	O_md21		/* !dtprel relocation.  */
    147  1.1     skrll #define O_gottprel	O_md22		/* !gottprel relocation.  */
    148  1.1     skrll #define O_tprelhi	O_md23		/* !tprelhi relocation.  */
    149  1.1     skrll #define O_tprello	O_md24		/* !tprello relocation.  */
    150  1.1     skrll #define O_tprel		O_md25		/* !tprel relocation.  */
    151  1.1     skrll 
    152  1.1     skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR		(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 1)
    153  1.1     skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE		(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 2)
    154  1.1     skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF	(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 3)
    155  1.1     skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR		(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 4)
    156  1.1     skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD	(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 5)
    157  1.1     skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM	(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 6)
    158  1.1     skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT	(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 7)
    159  1.1     skrll 
    160  1.1     skrll #define USER_RELOC_P(R) ((R) >= O_literal && (R) <= O_tprel)
    161  1.1     skrll 
    162  1.1     skrll /* Macros for extracting the type and number of encoded register tokens.  */
    163  1.1     skrll 
    164  1.1     skrll #define is_ir_num(x)		(((x) & 32) == 0)
    165  1.1     skrll #define is_fpr_num(x)		(((x) & 32) != 0)
    166  1.1     skrll #define regno(x)		((x) & 31)
    167  1.1     skrll 
    168  1.1     skrll /* Something odd inherited from the old assembler.  */
    169  1.1     skrll 
    170  1.1     skrll #define note_gpreg(R)		(alpha_gprmask |= (1 << (R)))
    171  1.1     skrll #define note_fpreg(R)		(alpha_fprmask |= (1 << (R)))
    172  1.1     skrll 
    173  1.1     skrll /* Predicates for 16- and 32-bit ranges */
    174  1.1     skrll /* XXX: The non-shift version appears to trigger a compiler bug when
    175  1.1     skrll    cross-assembling from x86 w/ gcc 2.7.2.  */
    176  1.1     skrll 
    177  1.1     skrll #if 1
    178  1.1     skrll #define range_signed_16(x) \
    179  1.1     skrll 	(((offsetT) (x) >> 15) == 0 || ((offsetT) (x) >> 15) == -1)
    180  1.1     skrll #define range_signed_32(x) \
    181  1.1     skrll 	(((offsetT) (x) >> 31) == 0 || ((offsetT) (x) >> 31) == -1)
    182  1.1     skrll #else
    183  1.1     skrll #define range_signed_16(x)	((offsetT) (x) >= -(offsetT) 0x8000 &&	\
    184  1.1     skrll 				 (offsetT) (x) <=  (offsetT) 0x7FFF)
    185  1.1     skrll #define range_signed_32(x)	((offsetT) (x) >= -(offsetT) 0x80000000 && \
    186  1.1     skrll 				 (offsetT) (x) <=  (offsetT) 0x7FFFFFFF)
    187  1.1     skrll #endif
    188  1.1     skrll 
    189  1.1     skrll /* Macros for sign extending from 16- and 32-bits.  */
    190  1.1     skrll /* XXX: The cast macros will work on all the systems that I care about,
    191  1.1     skrll    but really a predicate should be found to use the non-cast forms.  */
    192  1.1     skrll 
    193  1.1     skrll #if 1
    194  1.1     skrll #define sign_extend_16(x)	((short) (x))
    195  1.1     skrll #define sign_extend_32(x)	((int) (x))
    196  1.1     skrll #else
    197  1.1     skrll #define sign_extend_16(x)	((offsetT) (((x) & 0xFFFF) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000)
    198  1.1     skrll #define sign_extend_32(x)	((offsetT) (((x) & 0xFFFFFFFF) \
    199  1.1     skrll 					   ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000)
    200  1.1     skrll #endif
    201  1.1     skrll 
    202  1.1     skrll /* Macros to build tokens.  */
    203  1.1     skrll 
    204  1.1     skrll #define set_tok_reg(t, r)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    205  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_op = O_register,			\
    206  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_add_number = (r))
    207  1.1     skrll #define set_tok_preg(t, r)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    208  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_op = O_pregister,		\
    209  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_add_number = (r))
    210  1.1     skrll #define set_tok_cpreg(t, r)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    211  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_op = O_cpregister,		\
    212  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_add_number = (r))
    213  1.1     skrll #define set_tok_freg(t, r)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    214  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_op = O_register,			\
    215  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_add_number = (r) + 32)
    216  1.1     skrll #define set_tok_sym(t, s, a)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    217  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_op = O_symbol,			\
    218  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_add_symbol = (s),		\
    219  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_add_number = (a))
    220  1.1     skrll #define set_tok_const(t, n)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    221  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_op = O_constant,			\
    222  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_add_number = (n))
    223  1.1     skrll 
    224  1.1     skrll /* Generic assembler global variables which must be defined by all
    226  1.1     skrll    targets.  */
    227  1.1     skrll 
    228  1.1     skrll /* Characters which always start a comment.  */
    229  1.1     skrll const char comment_chars[] = "#";
    230  1.1     skrll 
    231  1.1     skrll /* Characters which start a comment at the beginning of a line.  */
    232  1.1     skrll const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
    233  1.1     skrll 
    234  1.1     skrll /* Characters which may be used to separate multiple commands on a
    235  1.1     skrll    single line.  */
    236  1.1     skrll const char line_separator_chars[] = ";";
    237  1.1     skrll 
    238  1.1     skrll /* Characters which are used to indicate an exponent in a floating
    239  1.1     skrll    point number.  */
    240  1.1     skrll const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
    241  1.1     skrll 
    242  1.1     skrll /* Characters which mean that a number is a floating point constant,
    243  1.6  christos    as in 0d1.0.  */
    244  1.1     skrll /* XXX: Do all of these really get used on the alpha??  */
    245  1.1     skrll const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
    246  1.1     skrll 
    247  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    248  1.1     skrll const char *md_shortopts = "Fm:g+1h:HG:";
    249  1.1     skrll #else
    250  1.1     skrll const char *md_shortopts = "Fm:gG:";
    251  1.1     skrll #endif
    252  1.1     skrll 
    253  1.1     skrll struct option md_longopts[] =
    254  1.1     skrll   {
    255  1.1     skrll #define OPTION_32ADDR (OPTION_MD_BASE)
    256  1.1     skrll     { "32addr", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_32ADDR },
    257  1.1     skrll #define OPTION_RELAX (OPTION_32ADDR + 1)
    258  1.1     skrll     { "relax", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_RELAX },
    259  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
    260  1.1     skrll #define OPTION_MDEBUG (OPTION_RELAX + 1)
    261  1.1     skrll #define OPTION_NO_MDEBUG (OPTION_MDEBUG + 1)
    262  1.1     skrll     { "mdebug", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MDEBUG },
    263  1.3  christos     { "no-mdebug", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NO_MDEBUG },
    264  1.3  christos #endif
    265  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    266  1.3  christos #define OPTION_REPLACE (OPTION_RELAX + 1)
    267  1.5  christos #define OPTION_NOREPLACE (OPTION_REPLACE+1)
    268  1.3  christos     { "replace", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_REPLACE },
    269  1.1     skrll     { "noreplace", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NOREPLACE },
    270  1.1     skrll #endif
    271  1.1     skrll     { NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0 }
    272  1.1     skrll   };
    273  1.1     skrll 
    274  1.1     skrll size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
    275  1.1     skrll 
    276  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    278  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_R0     0
    279  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_R16    16
    280  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_R17    17
    281  1.1     skrll #undef AXP_REG_T9
    282  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_T9     22
    283  1.1     skrll #undef AXP_REG_T10
    284  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_T10    23
    285  1.1     skrll #undef AXP_REG_T11
    286  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_T11    24
    287  1.1     skrll #undef AXP_REG_T12
    288  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_T12    25
    289  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_AI     25
    290  1.1     skrll #undef AXP_REG_FP
    291  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_FP     29
    292  1.3  christos 
    293  1.1     skrll #undef AXP_REG_GP
    294  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_GP AXP_REG_PV
    295  1.1     skrll 
    296  1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_EVAX  */
    297  1.1     skrll 
    298  1.1     skrll /* The cpu for which we are generating code.  */
    299  1.1     skrll static unsigned alpha_target = AXP_OPCODE_BASE;
    300  1.9  christos static const char *alpha_target_name = "<all>";
    301  1.1     skrll 
    302  1.1     skrll /* The hash table of instruction opcodes.  */
    303  1.9  christos static htab_t alpha_opcode_hash;
    304  1.1     skrll 
    305  1.1     skrll /* The hash table of macro opcodes.  */
    306  1.1     skrll static htab_t alpha_macro_hash;
    307  1.1     skrll 
    308  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
    309  1.1     skrll /* The $gp relocation symbol.  */
    310  1.1     skrll static symbolS *alpha_gp_symbol;
    311  1.1     skrll 
    312  1.1     skrll /* XXX: what is this, and why is it exported? */
    313  1.1     skrll valueT alpha_gp_value;
    314  1.1     skrll #endif
    315  1.1     skrll 
    316  1.1     skrll /* The current $gp register.  */
    317  1.1     skrll static int alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP;
    318  1.1     skrll 
    319  1.1     skrll /* A table of the register symbols.  */
    320  1.1     skrll static symbolS *alpha_register_table[64];
    321  1.1     skrll 
    322  1.1     skrll /* Constant sections, or sections of constants.  */
    323  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
    324  1.3  christos static segT alpha_lita_section;
    325  1.1     skrll #endif
    326  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    327  1.1     skrll segT alpha_link_section;
    328  1.3  christos #endif
    329  1.1     skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
    330  1.1     skrll static segT alpha_lit8_section;
    331  1.1     skrll #endif
    332  1.1     skrll 
    333  1.1     skrll /* Symbols referring to said sections.  */
    334  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
    335  1.1     skrll static symbolS *alpha_lita_symbol;
    336  1.1     skrll #endif
    337  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    338  1.1     skrll static symbolS *alpha_link_symbol;
    339  1.3  christos #endif
    340  1.1     skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
    341  1.1     skrll static symbolS *alpha_lit8_symbol;
    342  1.1     skrll #endif
    343  1.1     skrll 
    344  1.1     skrll /* Literal for .litX+0x8000 within .lita.  */
    345  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
    346  1.1     skrll static offsetT alpha_lit8_literal;
    347  1.1     skrll #endif
    348  1.1     skrll 
    349  1.1     skrll /* Is the assembler not allowed to use $at?  */
    350  1.1     skrll static int alpha_noat_on = 0;
    351  1.1     skrll 
    352  1.1     skrll /* Are macros enabled?  */
    353  1.1     skrll static int alpha_macros_on = 1;
    354  1.1     skrll 
    355  1.1     skrll /* Are floats disabled?  */
    356  1.1     skrll static int alpha_nofloats_on = 0;
    357  1.1     skrll 
    358  1.1     skrll /* Are addresses 32 bit?  */
    359  1.1     skrll static int alpha_addr32_on = 0;
    360  1.1     skrll 
    361  1.1     skrll /* Symbol labelling the current insn.  When the Alpha gas sees
    362  1.1     skrll      foo:
    363  1.1     skrll        .quad 0
    364  1.3  christos    and the section happens to not be on an eight byte boundary, it
    365  1.3  christos    will align both the symbol and the .quad to an eight byte boundary.  */
    366  1.3  christos static symbolS *alpha_insn_label;
    367  1.3  christos #if defined(OBJ_ELF) || defined (OBJ_EVAX)
    368  1.3  christos static symbolS *alpha_prologue_label;
    369  1.3  christos #endif
    370  1.3  christos 
    371  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    372  1.1     skrll /* Symbol associate with the current jsr instruction.  */
    373  1.1     skrll static symbolS *alpha_linkage_symbol;
    374  1.1     skrll #endif
    375  1.1     skrll 
    376  1.1     skrll /* Whether we should automatically align data generation pseudo-ops.
    377  1.1     skrll    .align 0 will turn this off.  */
    378  1.1     skrll static int alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
    379  1.1     skrll 
    380  1.1     skrll /* The known current alignment of the current section.  */
    381  1.1     skrll static int alpha_current_align;
    382  1.1     skrll 
    383  1.1     skrll /* These are exported to ECOFF code.  */
    384  1.1     skrll unsigned long alpha_gprmask, alpha_fprmask;
    385  1.1     skrll 
    386  1.1     skrll /* Whether the debugging option was seen.  */
    387  1.1     skrll static int alpha_debug;
    388  1.1     skrll 
    389  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
    390  1.1     skrll /* Whether we are emitting an mdebug section.  */
    391  1.3  christos int alpha_flag_mdebug = -1;
    392  1.3  christos #endif
    393  1.3  christos 
    394  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    395  1.3  christos /* Whether to perform the VMS procedure call optimization.  */
    396  1.1     skrll int alpha_flag_replace = 1;
    397  1.1     skrll #endif
    398  1.1     skrll 
    399  1.1     skrll /* Don't fully resolve relocations, allowing code movement in the linker.  */
    400  1.1     skrll static int alpha_flag_relax;
    401  1.1     skrll 
    402  1.1     skrll /* What value to give to bfd_set_gp_size.  */
    403  1.1     skrll static int g_switch_value = 8;
    404  1.3  christos 
    405  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    406  1.1     skrll /* Collect information about current procedure here.  */
    407  1.1     skrll struct alpha_evax_procs
    408  1.1     skrll {
    409  1.1     skrll   symbolS *symbol;	/* Proc pdesc symbol.  */
    410  1.1     skrll   int pdsckind;
    411  1.1     skrll   int framereg;		/* Register for frame pointer.  */
    412  1.1     skrll   int framesize;	/* Size of frame.  */
    413  1.1     skrll   int rsa_offset;
    414  1.1     skrll   int ra_save;
    415  1.1     skrll   int fp_save;
    416  1.1     skrll   long imask;
    417  1.3  christos   long fmask;
    418  1.3  christos   int type;
    419  1.3  christos   int prologue;
    420  1.3  christos   symbolS *handler;
    421  1.3  christos   int handler_data;
    422  1.3  christos };
    423  1.3  christos 
    424  1.3  christos /* Linked list of .linkage fixups.  */
    425  1.3  christos struct alpha_linkage_fixups *alpha_linkage_fixup_root;
    426  1.3  christos static struct alpha_linkage_fixups *alpha_linkage_fixup_tail;
    427  1.4  christos 
    428  1.1     skrll /* Current procedure descriptor.  */
    429  1.1     skrll static struct alpha_evax_procs *alpha_evax_proc;
    430  1.1     skrll static struct alpha_evax_procs alpha_evax_proc_data;
    431  1.1     skrll 
    432  1.1     skrll static int alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 0;		/* -+ */
    433  1.1     skrll static int alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 0;		/* -H */
    434  1.1     skrll 
    435  1.1     skrll /* If the -+ switch is given, then a hash is appended to any name that is
    436  1.1     skrll    longer than 64 characters, else longer symbol names are truncated.  */
    437  1.1     skrll 
    438  1.1     skrll #endif
    439  1.1     skrll 
    440  1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    442  1.1     skrll /* A table to map the spelling of a relocation operand into an appropriate
    443  1.1     skrll    bfd_reloc_code_real_type type.  The table is assumed to be ordered such
    444  1.1     skrll    that op-O_literal indexes into it.  */
    445  1.1     skrll 
    446  1.1     skrll #define ALPHA_RELOC_TABLE(op)						\
    447  1.1     skrll (&alpha_reloc_op[ ((!USER_RELOC_P (op))					\
    448  1.1     skrll 		  ? (abort (), 0)					\
    449  1.1     skrll 		  : (int) (op) - (int) O_literal) ])
    450  1.1     skrll 
    451  1.1     skrll #define DEF(NAME, RELOC, REQ, ALLOW) \
    452  1.1     skrll  { #NAME, sizeof(#NAME)-1, O_##NAME, RELOC, REQ, ALLOW}
    453  1.1     skrll 
    454  1.1     skrll static const struct alpha_reloc_op_tag
    455  1.3  christos {
    456  1.1     skrll   const char *name;				/* String to lookup.  */
    457  1.1     skrll   size_t length;				/* Size of the string.  */
    458  1.1     skrll   operatorT op;					/* Which operator to use.  */
    459  1.1     skrll   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
    460  1.1     skrll   unsigned int require_seq : 1;			/* Require a sequence number.  */
    461  1.1     skrll   unsigned int allow_seq : 1;			/* Allow a sequence number.  */
    462  1.1     skrll }
    463  1.1     skrll alpha_reloc_op[] =
    464  1.1     skrll {
    465  1.1     skrll   DEF (literal, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL, 0, 1),
    466  1.1     skrll   DEF (lituse_addr, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR, 1, 1),
    467  1.1     skrll   DEF (lituse_base, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE, 1, 1),
    468  1.1     skrll   DEF (lituse_bytoff, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF, 1, 1),
    469  1.1     skrll   DEF (lituse_jsr, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR, 1, 1),
    470  1.1     skrll   DEF (lituse_tlsgd, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD, 1, 1),
    471  1.1     skrll   DEF (lituse_tlsldm, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM, 1, 1),
    472  1.1     skrll   DEF (lituse_jsrdirect, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT, 1, 1),
    473  1.1     skrll   DEF (gpdisp, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP, 1, 1),
    474  1.1     skrll   DEF (gprelhigh, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
    475  1.1     skrll   DEF (gprellow, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
    476  1.1     skrll   DEF (gprel, BFD_RELOC_GPREL16, 0, 0),
    477  1.1     skrll   DEF (samegp, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP, 0, 0),
    478  1.1     skrll   DEF (tlsgd, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD, 0, 1),
    479  1.1     skrll   DEF (tlsldm, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM, 0, 1),
    480  1.1     skrll   DEF (gotdtprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16, 0, 0),
    481  1.1     skrll   DEF (dtprelhi, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
    482  1.1     skrll   DEF (dtprello, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
    483  1.1     skrll   DEF (dtprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16, 0, 0),
    484  1.1     skrll   DEF (gottprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16, 0, 0),
    485  1.1     skrll   DEF (tprelhi, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
    486  1.1     skrll   DEF (tprello, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
    487  1.1     skrll   DEF (tprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16, 0, 0),
    488  1.1     skrll };
    489  1.1     skrll 
    490  1.1     skrll #undef DEF
    491  1.1     skrll 
    492  1.1     skrll static const int alpha_num_reloc_op
    493  1.1     skrll   = sizeof (alpha_reloc_op) / sizeof (*alpha_reloc_op);
    494  1.1     skrll #endif /* RELOC_OP_P */
    495  1.1     skrll 
    496  1.1     skrll /* Maximum # digits needed to hold the largest sequence #.  */
    497  1.1     skrll #define ALPHA_RELOC_DIGITS 25
    498  1.1     skrll 
    499  1.3  christos /* Structure to hold explicit sequence information.  */
    500  1.3  christos struct alpha_reloc_tag
    501  1.3  christos {
    502  1.3  christos   fixS *master;			/* The literal reloc.  */
    503  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    504  1.1     skrll   struct symbol *sym;		/* Linkage section item symbol.  */
    505  1.1     skrll   struct symbol *psym;		/* Pdesc symbol.  */
    506  1.1     skrll #endif
    507  1.1     skrll   fixS *slaves;			/* Head of linked list of lituses.  */
    508  1.1     skrll   segT segment;			/* Segment relocs are in or undefined_section.  */
    509  1.1     skrll   long sequence;		/* Sequence #.  */
    510  1.1     skrll   unsigned n_master;		/* # of literals.  */
    511  1.1     skrll   unsigned n_slaves;		/* # of lituses.  */
    512  1.1     skrll   unsigned saw_tlsgd : 1;	/* True if ...  */
    513  1.1     skrll   unsigned saw_tlsldm : 1;
    514  1.1     skrll   unsigned saw_lu_tlsgd : 1;
    515  1.1     skrll   unsigned saw_lu_tlsldm : 1;
    516  1.1     skrll   unsigned multi_section_p : 1;	/* True if more than one section was used.  */
    517  1.9  christos   char string[1];		/* Printable form of sequence to hash with.  */
    518  1.1     skrll };
    519  1.1     skrll 
    520  1.1     skrll /* Hash table to link up literals with the appropriate lituse.  */
    521  1.1     skrll static htab_t alpha_literal_hash;
    522  1.1     skrll 
    523  1.1     skrll /* Sequence numbers for internal use by macros.  */
    524  1.1     skrll static long next_sequence_num = -1;
    525  1.1     skrll 
    526  1.1     skrll /* A table of CPU names and opcode sets.  */
    528  1.1     skrll 
    529  1.1     skrll static const struct cpu_type
    530  1.1     skrll {
    531  1.1     skrll   const char *name;
    532  1.1     skrll   unsigned flags;
    533  1.1     skrll }
    534  1.1     skrll cpu_types[] =
    535  1.1     skrll {
    536  1.1     skrll   /* Ad hoc convention: cpu number gets palcode, process code doesn't.
    537  1.1     skrll      This supports usage under DU 4.0b that does ".arch ev4", and
    538  1.1     skrll      usage in MILO that does -m21064.  Probably something more
    539  1.1     skrll      specific like -m21064-pal should be used, but oh well.  */
    540  1.1     skrll 
    541  1.1     skrll   { "21064", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
    542  1.1     skrll   { "21064a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
    543  1.1     skrll   { "21066", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
    544  1.1     skrll   { "21068", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
    545  1.1     skrll   { "21164", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5 },
    546  1.1     skrll   { "21164a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX },
    547  1.1     skrll   { "21164pc", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
    548  1.1     skrll 		|AXP_OPCODE_MAX) },
    549  1.1     skrll   { "21264", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
    550  1.1     skrll 	      |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
    551  1.1     skrll   { "21264a", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
    552  1.1     skrll 	      |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
    553  1.1     skrll   { "21264b", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
    554  1.1     skrll 	      |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
    555  1.1     skrll 
    556  1.1     skrll   { "ev4", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    557  1.1     skrll   { "ev45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    558  1.1     skrll   { "lca45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    559  1.1     skrll   { "ev5", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    560  1.1     skrll   { "ev56", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX },
    561  1.1     skrll   { "pca56", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX },
    562  1.1     skrll   { "ev6", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
    563  1.1     skrll   { "ev67", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
    564  1.1     skrll   { "ev68", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
    565  1.1     skrll 
    566  1.1     skrll   { "all", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    567  1.1     skrll   { 0, 0 }
    568  1.1     skrll };
    569  1.1     skrll 
    570  1.1     skrll /* Some instruction sets indexed by lg(size).  */
    571  1.1     skrll static const char * const sextX_op[] = { "sextb", "sextw", "sextl", NULL };
    572  1.1     skrll static const char * const insXl_op[] = { "insbl", "inswl", "insll", "insql" };
    573  1.1     skrll static const char * const insXh_op[] = { NULL,    "inswh", "inslh", "insqh" };
    574  1.1     skrll static const char * const extXl_op[] = { "extbl", "extwl", "extll", "extql" };
    575  1.1     skrll static const char * const extXh_op[] = { NULL,    "extwh", "extlh", "extqh" };
    576  1.3  christos static const char * const mskXl_op[] = { "mskbl", "mskwl", "mskll", "mskql" };
    577  1.1     skrll static const char * const mskXh_op[] = { NULL,    "mskwh", "msklh", "mskqh" };
    578  1.1     skrll static const char * const stX_op[] = { "stb", "stw", "stl", "stq" };
    579  1.3  christos static const char * const ldXu_op[] = { "ldbu", "ldwu", NULL, NULL };
    580  1.6  christos 
    581  1.4  christos static void assemble_insn (const struct alpha_opcode *, const expressionS *, int, struct alpha_insn *, extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type);
    582  1.3  christos static void emit_insn (struct alpha_insn *);
    583  1.1     skrll static void assemble_tokens (const char *, const expressionS *, int, int);
    584  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    585  1.1     skrll static const char *s_alpha_section_name (void);
    586  1.1     skrll static symbolS *add_to_link_pool (symbolS *, offsetT);
    587  1.1     skrll #endif
    588  1.1     skrll 
    589  1.1     skrll static struct alpha_reloc_tag *
    591  1.1     skrll get_alpha_reloc_tag (long sequence)
    592  1.9  christos {
    593  1.1     skrll   char buffer[ALPHA_RELOC_DIGITS];
    594  1.1     skrll   struct alpha_reloc_tag *info;
    595  1.1     skrll 
    596  1.1     skrll   sprintf (buffer, "!%ld", sequence);
    597  1.3  christos 
    598  1.3  christos   info = (struct alpha_reloc_tag *) str_hash_find (alpha_literal_hash, buffer);
    599  1.1     skrll   if (! info)
    600  1.1     skrll     {
    601  1.1     skrll       size_t len = strlen (buffer);
    602  1.1     skrll 
    603  1.9  christos       info = (struct alpha_reloc_tag *)
    604  1.3  christos           xcalloc (sizeof (struct alpha_reloc_tag) + len, 1);
    605  1.3  christos 
    606  1.3  christos       info->segment = now_seg;
    607  1.3  christos       info->sequence = sequence;
    608  1.1     skrll       strcpy (info->string, buffer);
    609  1.1     skrll       str_hash_insert (alpha_literal_hash, info->string, info, 0);
    610  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    611  1.1     skrll       info->sym = 0;
    612  1.1     skrll       info->psym = 0;
    613  1.3  christos #endif
    614  1.3  christos     }
    615  1.1     skrll 
    616  1.1     skrll   return info;
    617  1.1     skrll }
    618  1.1     skrll 
    619  1.1     skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
    620  1.1     skrll 
    621  1.1     skrll static void
    622  1.1     skrll alpha_adjust_relocs (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    623  1.1     skrll 		     asection *sec,
    624  1.1     skrll 		     void * ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    625  1.1     skrll {
    626  1.1     skrll   segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (sec);
    627  1.1     skrll   fixS **prevP;
    628  1.1     skrll   fixS *fixp;
    629  1.1     skrll   fixS *next;
    630  1.1     skrll   fixS *slave;
    631  1.1     skrll 
    632  1.1     skrll   /* If seginfo is NULL, we did not create this section; don't do
    633  1.1     skrll      anything with it.  By using a pointer to a pointer, we can update
    634  1.1     skrll      the links in place.  */
    635  1.1     skrll   if (seginfo == NULL)
    636  1.1     skrll     return;
    637  1.1     skrll 
    638  1.1     skrll   /* If there are no relocations, skip the section.  */
    639  1.1     skrll   if (! seginfo->fix_root)
    640  1.1     skrll     return;
    641  1.1     skrll 
    642  1.1     skrll   /* First rebuild the fixup chain without the explicit lituse and
    643  1.1     skrll      gpdisp_lo16 relocs.  */
    644  1.1     skrll   prevP = &seginfo->fix_root;
    645  1.1     skrll   for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = next)
    646  1.1     skrll     {
    647  1.1     skrll       next = fixp->fx_next;
    648  1.1     skrll       fixp->fx_next = (fixS *) 0;
    649  1.1     skrll 
    650  1.1     skrll       switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
    651  1.1     skrll 	{
    652  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
    653  1.1     skrll 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
    654  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    655  1.1     skrll 			  _("No !literal!%ld was found"),
    656  1.1     skrll 			  fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    657  1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    658  1.1     skrll 	  if (fixp->fx_offset == LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSGD)
    659  1.1     skrll 	    {
    660  1.1     skrll 	      if (! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsgd)
    661  1.1     skrll 		as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    662  1.1     skrll 			      _("No !tlsgd!%ld was found"),
    663  1.1     skrll 			      fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    664  1.1     skrll 	    }
    665  1.1     skrll 	  else if (fixp->fx_offset == LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSLDM)
    666  1.1     skrll 	    {
    667  1.1     skrll 	      if (! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsldm)
    668  1.1     skrll 		as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    669  1.1     skrll 			      _("No !tlsldm!%ld was found"),
    670  1.1     skrll 			      fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    671  1.1     skrll 	    }
    672  1.1     skrll #endif
    673  1.1     skrll 	  break;
    674  1.1     skrll 
    675  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
    676  1.1     skrll 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
    677  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    678  1.1     skrll 			  _("No ldah !gpdisp!%ld was found"),
    679  1.1     skrll 			  fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    680  1.1     skrll 	  break;
    681  1.1     skrll 
    682  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
    683  1.1     skrll 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info
    684  1.1     skrll 	      && (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsgd
    685  1.1     skrll 	          || fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsldm))
    686  1.1     skrll 	    break;
    687  1.1     skrll 	  /* FALLTHRU */
    688  1.1     skrll 
    689  1.1     skrll 	default:
    690  1.1     skrll 	  *prevP = fixp;
    691  1.1     skrll 	  prevP = &fixp->fx_next;
    692  1.1     skrll 	  break;
    693  1.1     skrll 	}
    694  1.1     skrll     }
    695  1.1     skrll 
    696  1.1     skrll   /* Go back and re-chain dependent relocations.  They are currently
    697  1.1     skrll      linked through the next_reloc field in reverse order, so as we
    698  1.1     skrll      go through the next_reloc chain, we effectively reverse the chain
    699  1.1     skrll      once again.
    700  1.1     skrll 
    701  1.1     skrll      Except if there is more than one !literal for a given sequence
    702  1.1     skrll      number.  In that case, the programmer and/or compiler is not sure
    703  1.1     skrll      how control flows from literal to lituse, and we can't be sure to
    704  1.1     skrll      get the relaxation correct.
    705  1.7  christos 
    706  1.1     skrll      ??? Well, actually we could, if there are enough lituses such that
    707  1.1     skrll      we can make each literal have at least one of each lituse type
    708  1.1     skrll      present.  Not implemented.
    709  1.1     skrll 
    710  1.1     skrll      Also suppress the optimization if the !literals/!lituses are spread
    711  1.1     skrll      in different segments.  This can happen with "interesting" uses of
    712  1.1     skrll      inline assembly; examples are present in the Linux kernel semaphores.  */
    713  1.1     skrll 
    714  1.1     skrll   for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = next)
    715  1.1     skrll     {
    716  1.1     skrll       next = fixp->fx_next;
    717  1.1     skrll       switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
    718  1.1     skrll 	{
    719  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
    720  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
    721  1.1     skrll 	  if (!fixp->tc_fix_data.info)
    722  1.1     skrll 	    break;
    723  1.1     skrll 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
    724  1.1     skrll 	    break;
    725  1.1     skrll 	  else if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master > 1)
    726  1.1     skrll 	    {
    727  1.1     skrll 	      as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    728  1.1     skrll 			    _("too many !literal!%ld for %s"),
    729  1.1     skrll 			    fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence,
    730  1.1     skrll 			    (fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD
    731  1.1     skrll 			     ? "!tlsgd" : "!tlsldm"));
    732  1.1     skrll 	      break;
    733  1.1     skrll 	    }
    734  1.1     skrll 
    735  1.1     skrll 	  fixp->tc_fix_data.info->master->fx_next = fixp->fx_next;
    736  1.1     skrll 	  fixp->fx_next = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->master;
    737  1.1     skrll 	  fixp = fixp->fx_next;
    738  1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
    739  1.1     skrll 
    740  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
    741  1.1     skrll 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info
    742  1.1     skrll 	      && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 1
    743  1.1     skrll 	      && ! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->multi_section_p)
    744  1.1     skrll 	    {
    745  1.1     skrll 	      for (slave = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->slaves;
    746  1.1     skrll 		   slave != (fixS *) 0;
    747  1.1     skrll 		   slave = slave->tc_fix_data.next_reloc)
    748  1.1     skrll 		{
    749  1.1     skrll 		  slave->fx_next = fixp->fx_next;
    750  1.1     skrll 		  fixp->fx_next = slave;
    751  1.1     skrll 		}
    752  1.1     skrll 	    }
    753  1.1     skrll 	  break;
    754  1.1     skrll 
    755  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
    756  1.1     skrll 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_slaves == 0)
    757  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    758  1.1     skrll 			  _("No lda !gpdisp!%ld was found"),
    759  1.1     skrll 			  fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    760  1.1     skrll 	  else
    761  1.1     skrll 	    {
    762  1.1     skrll 	      slave = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->slaves;
    763  1.1     skrll 	      slave->fx_next = next;
    764  1.1     skrll 	      fixp->fx_next = slave;
    765  1.1     skrll 	    }
    766  1.1     skrll 	  break;
    767  1.1     skrll 
    768  1.1     skrll 	default:
    769  1.1     skrll 	  break;
    770  1.1     skrll 	}
    771  1.1     skrll     }
    772  1.1     skrll }
    773  1.1     skrll 
    774  1.1     skrll /* Before the relocations are written, reorder them, so that user
    775  1.1     skrll    supplied !lituse relocations follow the appropriate !literal
    776  1.1     skrll    relocations, and similarly for !gpdisp relocations.  */
    777  1.1     skrll 
    778  1.3  christos void
    779  1.3  christos alpha_before_fix (void)
    780  1.1     skrll {
    781  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_literal_hash)
    782  1.1     skrll     bfd_map_over_sections (stdoutput, alpha_adjust_relocs, NULL);
    783  1.1     skrll }
    784  1.1     skrll 
    785  1.1     skrll #endif
    786  1.1     skrll 
    787  1.1     skrll #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
    789  1.1     skrll static void
    790  1.1     skrll debug_exp (expressionS tok[], int ntok)
    791  1.1     skrll {
    792  1.1     skrll   int i;
    793  1.1     skrll 
    794  1.1     skrll   fprintf (stderr, "debug_exp: %d tokens", ntok);
    795  1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < ntok; i++)
    796  1.1     skrll     {
    797  1.1     skrll       expressionS *t = &tok[i];
    798  1.1     skrll       const char *name;
    799  1.1     skrll 
    800  1.1     skrll       switch (t->X_op)
    801  1.1     skrll 	{
    802  1.1     skrll 	default:			name = "unknown";		break;
    803  1.1     skrll 	case O_illegal:			name = "O_illegal";		break;
    804  1.1     skrll 	case O_absent:			name = "O_absent";		break;
    805  1.1     skrll 	case O_constant:		name = "O_constant";		break;
    806  1.1     skrll 	case O_symbol:			name = "O_symbol";		break;
    807  1.1     skrll 	case O_symbol_rva:		name = "O_symbol_rva";		break;
    808  1.1     skrll 	case O_register:		name = "O_register";		break;
    809  1.1     skrll 	case O_big:			name = "O_big";			break;
    810  1.1     skrll 	case O_uminus:			name = "O_uminus";		break;
    811  1.1     skrll 	case O_bit_not:			name = "O_bit_not";		break;
    812  1.1     skrll 	case O_logical_not:		name = "O_logical_not";		break;
    813  1.1     skrll 	case O_multiply:		name = "O_multiply";		break;
    814  1.1     skrll 	case O_divide:			name = "O_divide";		break;
    815  1.1     skrll 	case O_modulus:			name = "O_modulus";		break;
    816  1.1     skrll 	case O_left_shift:		name = "O_left_shift";		break;
    817  1.1     skrll 	case O_right_shift:		name = "O_right_shift";		break;
    818  1.1     skrll 	case O_bit_inclusive_or:	name = "O_bit_inclusive_or";	break;
    819  1.1     skrll 	case O_bit_or_not:		name = "O_bit_or_not";		break;
    820  1.1     skrll 	case O_bit_exclusive_or:	name = "O_bit_exclusive_or";	break;
    821  1.1     skrll 	case O_bit_and:			name = "O_bit_and";		break;
    822  1.1     skrll 	case O_add:			name = "O_add";			break;
    823  1.1     skrll 	case O_subtract:		name = "O_subtract";		break;
    824  1.1     skrll 	case O_eq:			name = "O_eq";			break;
    825  1.1     skrll 	case O_ne:			name = "O_ne";			break;
    826  1.1     skrll 	case O_lt:			name = "O_lt";			break;
    827  1.1     skrll 	case O_le:			name = "O_le";			break;
    828  1.1     skrll 	case O_ge:			name = "O_ge";			break;
    829  1.1     skrll 	case O_gt:			name = "O_gt";			break;
    830  1.1     skrll 	case O_logical_and:		name = "O_logical_and";		break;
    831  1.1     skrll 	case O_logical_or:		name = "O_logical_or";		break;
    832  1.1     skrll 	case O_index:			name = "O_index";		break;
    833  1.1     skrll 	case O_pregister:		name = "O_pregister";		break;
    834  1.1     skrll 	case O_cpregister:		name = "O_cpregister";		break;
    835  1.1     skrll 	case O_literal:			name = "O_literal";		break;
    836  1.1     skrll 	case O_lituse_addr:		name = "O_lituse_addr";		break;
    837  1.1     skrll 	case O_lituse_base:		name = "O_lituse_base";		break;
    838  1.1     skrll 	case O_lituse_bytoff:		name = "O_lituse_bytoff";	break;
    839  1.1     skrll 	case O_lituse_jsr:		name = "O_lituse_jsr";		break;
    840  1.1     skrll 	case O_lituse_tlsgd:		name = "O_lituse_tlsgd";	break;
    841  1.1     skrll 	case O_lituse_tlsldm:		name = "O_lituse_tlsldm";	break;
    842  1.1     skrll 	case O_lituse_jsrdirect:	name = "O_lituse_jsrdirect";	break;
    843  1.1     skrll 	case O_gpdisp:			name = "O_gpdisp";		break;
    844  1.1     skrll 	case O_gprelhigh:		name = "O_gprelhigh";		break;
    845  1.1     skrll 	case O_gprellow:		name = "O_gprellow";		break;
    846  1.1     skrll 	case O_gprel:			name = "O_gprel";		break;
    847  1.1     skrll 	case O_samegp:			name = "O_samegp";		break;
    848  1.1     skrll 	case O_tlsgd:			name = "O_tlsgd";		break;
    849  1.1     skrll 	case O_tlsldm:			name = "O_tlsldm";		break;
    850  1.1     skrll 	case O_gotdtprel:		name = "O_gotdtprel";		break;
    851  1.1     skrll 	case O_dtprelhi:		name = "O_dtprelhi";		break;
    852  1.1     skrll 	case O_dtprello:		name = "O_dtprello";		break;
    853  1.1     skrll 	case O_dtprel:			name = "O_dtprel";		break;
    854  1.1     skrll 	case O_gottprel:		name = "O_gottprel";		break;
    855  1.1     skrll 	case O_tprelhi:			name = "O_tprelhi";		break;
    856  1.1     skrll 	case O_tprello:			name = "O_tprello";		break;
    857  1.1     skrll 	case O_tprel:			name = "O_tprel";		break;
    858  1.1     skrll 	}
    859  1.1     skrll 
    860  1.1     skrll       fprintf (stderr, ", %s(%s, %s, %d)", name,
    861  1.1     skrll 	       (t->X_add_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_add_symbol) : "--",
    862  1.1     skrll 	       (t->X_op_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_op_symbol) : "--",
    863  1.1     skrll 	       (int) t->X_add_number);
    864  1.1     skrll     }
    865  1.1     skrll   fprintf (stderr, "\n");
    866  1.1     skrll   fflush (stderr);
    867  1.1     skrll }
    868  1.1     skrll #endif
    869  1.1     skrll 
    870  1.1     skrll /* Parse the arguments to an opcode.  */
    871  1.1     skrll 
    872  1.1     skrll static int
    873  1.1     skrll tokenize_arguments (char *str,
    874  1.1     skrll 		    expressionS tok[],
    875  1.1     skrll 		    int ntok)
    876  1.1     skrll {
    877  1.1     skrll   expressionS *end_tok = tok + ntok;
    878  1.1     skrll   char *old_input_line_pointer;
    879  1.1     skrll   int saw_comma = 0, saw_arg = 0;
    880  1.1     skrll #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
    881  1.1     skrll   expressionS *orig_tok = tok;
    882  1.1     skrll #endif
    883  1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    884  1.1     skrll   char *p;
    885  1.1     skrll   const struct alpha_reloc_op_tag *r;
    886  1.1     skrll   int c, i;
    887  1.1     skrll   size_t len;
    888  1.1     skrll   int reloc_found_p = 0;
    889  1.1     skrll #endif
    890  1.1     skrll 
    891  1.1     skrll   memset (tok, 0, sizeof (*tok) * ntok);
    892  1.1     skrll 
    893  1.1     skrll   /* Save and restore input_line_pointer around this function.  */
    894  1.1     skrll   old_input_line_pointer = input_line_pointer;
    895  1.1     skrll   input_line_pointer = str;
    896  1.1     skrll 
    897  1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    898  1.1     skrll   /* ??? Wrest control of ! away from the regular expression parser.  */
    899  1.1     skrll   is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 1;
    900  1.1     skrll #endif
    901  1.1     skrll 
    902  1.1     skrll   while (tok < end_tok && *input_line_pointer)
    903  1.1     skrll     {
    904  1.1     skrll       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
    905  1.1     skrll       switch (*input_line_pointer)
    906  1.1     skrll 	{
    907  1.1     skrll 	case '\0':
    908  1.1     skrll 	  goto fini;
    909  1.1     skrll 
    910  1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    911  1.1     skrll 	case '!':
    912  1.1     skrll 	  /* A relocation operand can be placed after the normal operand on an
    913  1.1     skrll 	     assembly language statement, and has the following form:
    914  1.1     skrll 		!relocation_type!sequence_number.  */
    915  1.1     skrll 	  if (reloc_found_p)
    916  1.1     skrll 	    {
    917  1.1     skrll 	      /* Only support one relocation op per insn.  */
    918  1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("More than one relocation op per insn"));
    919  1.1     skrll 	      goto err_report;
    920  1.5  christos 	    }
    921  1.1     skrll 
    922  1.1     skrll 	  if (!saw_arg)
    923  1.1     skrll 	    goto err;
    924  1.1     skrll 
    925  1.1     skrll 	  ++input_line_pointer;
    926  1.1     skrll 	  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
    927  1.1     skrll 	  c = get_symbol_name (&p);
    928  1.1     skrll 
    929  1.1     skrll 	  /* Parse !relocation_type.  */
    930  1.1     skrll 	  len = input_line_pointer - p;
    931  1.1     skrll 	  if (len == 0)
    932  1.1     skrll 	    {
    933  1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("No relocation operand"));
    934  1.1     skrll 	      goto err_report;
    935  1.1     skrll 	    }
    936  1.1     skrll 
    937  1.1     skrll 	  r = &alpha_reloc_op[0];
    938  1.1     skrll 	  for (i = alpha_num_reloc_op - 1; i >= 0; i--, r++)
    939  1.1     skrll 	    if (len == r->length && memcmp (p, r->name, len) == 0)
    940  1.1     skrll 	      break;
    941  1.5  christos 	  if (i < 0)
    942  1.1     skrll 	    {
    943  1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("Unknown relocation operand: !%s"), p);
    944  1.1     skrll 	      goto err_report;
    945  1.1     skrll 	    }
    946  1.1     skrll 
    947  1.1     skrll 	  *input_line_pointer = c;
    948  1.1     skrll 	  SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
    949  1.1     skrll 	  if (*input_line_pointer != '!')
    950  1.1     skrll 	    {
    951  1.1     skrll 	      if (r->require_seq)
    952  1.1     skrll 		{
    953  1.1     skrll 		  as_bad (_("no sequence number after !%s"), p);
    954  1.1     skrll 		  goto err_report;
    955  1.1     skrll 		}
    956  1.1     skrll 
    957  1.1     skrll 	      tok->X_add_number = 0;
    958  1.1     skrll 	    }
    959  1.1     skrll 	  else
    960  1.1     skrll 	    {
    961  1.1     skrll 	      if (! r->allow_seq)
    962  1.1     skrll 		{
    963  1.1     skrll 		  as_bad (_("!%s does not use a sequence number"), p);
    964  1.1     skrll 		  goto err_report;
    965  1.1     skrll 		}
    966  1.1     skrll 
    967  1.1     skrll 	      input_line_pointer++;
    968  1.1     skrll 
    969  1.1     skrll 	      /* Parse !sequence_number.  */
    970  1.1     skrll 	      expression (tok);
    971  1.1     skrll 	      if (tok->X_op != O_constant || tok->X_add_number <= 0)
    972  1.1     skrll 		{
    973  1.1     skrll 		  as_bad (_("Bad sequence number: !%s!%s"),
    974  1.1     skrll 			  r->name, input_line_pointer);
    975  1.1     skrll 		  goto err_report;
    976  1.1     skrll 		}
    977  1.1     skrll 	    }
    978  1.1     skrll 
    979  1.1     skrll 	  tok->X_op = r->op;
    980  1.1     skrll 	  reloc_found_p = 1;
    981  1.1     skrll 	  ++tok;
    982  1.1     skrll 	  break;
    983  1.1     skrll #endif /* RELOC_OP_P */
    984  1.1     skrll 
    985  1.1     skrll 	case ',':
    986  1.1     skrll 	  ++input_line_pointer;
    987  1.1     skrll 	  if (saw_comma || !saw_arg)
    988  1.1     skrll 	    goto err;
    989  1.1     skrll 	  saw_comma = 1;
    990  1.1     skrll 	  break;
    991  1.1     skrll 
    992  1.1     skrll 	case '(':
    993  1.1     skrll 	  {
    994  1.1     skrll 	    char *hold = input_line_pointer++;
    995  1.1     skrll 
    996  1.1     skrll 	    /* First try for parenthesized register ...  */
    997  1.1     skrll 	    expression (tok);
    998  1.1     skrll 	    if (*input_line_pointer == ')' && tok->X_op == O_register)
    999  1.1     skrll 	      {
   1000  1.1     skrll 		tok->X_op = (saw_comma ? O_cpregister : O_pregister);
   1001  1.1     skrll 		saw_comma = 0;
   1002  1.1     skrll 		saw_arg = 1;
   1003  1.1     skrll 		++input_line_pointer;
   1004  1.7  christos 		++tok;
   1005  1.1     skrll 		break;
   1006  1.1     skrll 	      }
   1007  1.1     skrll 
   1008  1.1     skrll 	    /* ... then fall through to plain expression.  */
   1009  1.1     skrll 	    input_line_pointer = hold;
   1010  1.1     skrll 	  }
   1011  1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   1012  1.1     skrll 
   1013  1.1     skrll 	default:
   1014  1.1     skrll 	  if (saw_arg && !saw_comma)
   1015  1.1     skrll 	    goto err;
   1016  1.1     skrll 
   1017  1.1     skrll 	  expression (tok);
   1018  1.1     skrll 	  if (tok->X_op == O_illegal || tok->X_op == O_absent)
   1019  1.1     skrll 	    goto err;
   1020  1.1     skrll 
   1021  1.9  christos 	  saw_comma = 0;
   1022  1.1     skrll 	  saw_arg = 1;
   1023  1.1     skrll 	  ++tok;
   1024  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1025  1.1     skrll 	}
   1026  1.1     skrll     }
   1027  1.1     skrll 
   1028  1.1     skrll  fini:
   1029  1.1     skrll   if (saw_comma)
   1030  1.1     skrll     goto err;
   1031  1.1     skrll   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1032  1.1     skrll 
   1033  1.1     skrll #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
   1034  1.1     skrll   debug_exp (orig_tok, ntok - (end_tok - tok));
   1035  1.9  christos #endif
   1036  1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   1037  1.1     skrll   is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
   1038  1.1     skrll #endif
   1039  1.1     skrll 
   1040  1.1     skrll   return ntok - (end_tok - tok);
   1041  1.1     skrll 
   1042  1.1     skrll  err:
   1043  1.9  christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   1044  1.1     skrll   is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
   1045  1.1     skrll #endif
   1046  1.1     skrll   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1047  1.1     skrll   return TOKENIZE_ERROR;
   1048  1.1     skrll 
   1049  1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   1050  1.1     skrll  err_report:
   1051  1.1     skrll   is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
   1052  1.1     skrll #endif
   1053  1.1     skrll   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1054  1.1     skrll   return TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT;
   1055  1.1     skrll }
   1056  1.1     skrll 
   1057  1.1     skrll /* Search forward through all variants of an opcode looking for a
   1058  1.1     skrll    syntax match.  */
   1059  1.1     skrll 
   1060  1.1     skrll static const struct alpha_opcode *
   1061  1.1     skrll find_opcode_match (const struct alpha_opcode *first_opcode,
   1062  1.1     skrll 		   const expressionS *tok,
   1063  1.1     skrll 		   int *pntok,
   1064  1.1     skrll 		   int *pcpumatch)
   1065  1.1     skrll {
   1066  1.1     skrll   const struct alpha_opcode *opcode = first_opcode;
   1067  1.1     skrll   int ntok = *pntok;
   1068  1.1     skrll   int got_cpu_match = 0;
   1069  1.1     skrll 
   1070  1.1     skrll   do
   1071  1.1     skrll     {
   1072  1.1     skrll       const unsigned char *opidx;
   1073  1.1     skrll       int tokidx = 0;
   1074  1.1     skrll 
   1075  1.1     skrll       /* Don't match opcodes that don't exist on this architecture.  */
   1076  1.1     skrll       if (!(opcode->flags & alpha_target))
   1077  1.1     skrll 	goto match_failed;
   1078  1.1     skrll 
   1079  1.1     skrll       got_cpu_match = 1;
   1080  1.1     skrll 
   1081  1.1     skrll       for (opidx = opcode->operands; *opidx; ++opidx)
   1082  1.1     skrll 	{
   1083  1.1     skrll 	  const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*opidx];
   1084  1.1     skrll 
   1085  1.1     skrll 	  /* Only take input from real operands.  */
   1086  1.1     skrll 	  if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE)
   1087  1.1     skrll 	    continue;
   1088  1.1     skrll 
   1089  1.1     skrll 	  /* When we expect input, make sure we have it.  */
   1090  1.1     skrll 	  if (tokidx >= ntok)
   1091  1.1     skrll 	    {
   1092  1.1     skrll 	      if ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK) == 0)
   1093  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   1094  1.1     skrll 	      continue;
   1095  1.1     skrll 	    }
   1096  1.1     skrll 
   1097  1.1     skrll 	  /* Match operand type with expression type.  */
   1098  1.1     skrll 	  switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_TYPECHECK_MASK)
   1099  1.1     skrll 	    {
   1100  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_IR:
   1101  1.1     skrll 	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
   1102  1.1     skrll 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   1103  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   1104  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1105  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_FPR:
   1106  1.1     skrll 	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
   1107  1.1     skrll 		  || !is_fpr_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   1108  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   1109  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1110  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_IR | AXP_OPERAND_PARENS:
   1111  1.1     skrll 	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister
   1112  1.1     skrll 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   1113  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   1114  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1115  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_IR | AXP_OPERAND_PARENS | AXP_OPERAND_COMMA:
   1116  1.1     skrll 	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister
   1117  1.1     skrll 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   1118  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   1119  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1120  1.1     skrll 
   1121  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE:
   1122  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED:
   1123  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_UNSIGNED:
   1124  1.1     skrll 	      switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
   1125  1.1     skrll 		{
   1126  1.1     skrll 		case O_illegal:
   1127  1.1     skrll 		case O_absent:
   1128  1.1     skrll 		case O_register:
   1129  1.1     skrll 		case O_pregister:
   1130  1.1     skrll 		case O_cpregister:
   1131  1.1     skrll 		  goto match_failed;
   1132  1.1     skrll 
   1133  1.1     skrll 		default:
   1134  1.1     skrll 		  break;
   1135  1.1     skrll 		}
   1136  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1137  1.1     skrll 
   1138  1.1     skrll 	    default:
   1139  1.1     skrll 	      /* Everything else should have been fake.  */
   1140  1.1     skrll 	      abort ();
   1141  1.1     skrll 	    }
   1142  1.1     skrll 	  ++tokidx;
   1143  1.1     skrll 	}
   1144  1.1     skrll 
   1145  1.1     skrll       /* Possible match -- did we use all of our input?  */
   1146  1.1     skrll       if (tokidx == ntok)
   1147  1.1     skrll 	{
   1148  1.1     skrll 	  *pntok = ntok;
   1149  1.1     skrll 	  return opcode;
   1150  1.1     skrll 	}
   1151  1.1     skrll 
   1152  1.1     skrll     match_failed:;
   1153  1.1     skrll     }
   1154  1.1     skrll   while (++opcode - alpha_opcodes < (int) alpha_num_opcodes
   1155  1.1     skrll 	 && !strcmp (opcode->name, first_opcode->name));
   1156  1.1     skrll 
   1157  1.1     skrll   if (*pcpumatch)
   1158  1.1     skrll     *pcpumatch = got_cpu_match;
   1159  1.1     skrll 
   1160  1.1     skrll   return NULL;
   1161  1.1     skrll }
   1162  1.1     skrll 
   1163  1.1     skrll /* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, assemble
   1164  1.1     skrll    the insn, but do not emit it.
   1165  1.1     skrll 
   1166  1.1     skrll    Note that this implies no macros allowed, since we can't store more
   1167  1.1     skrll    than one insn in an insn structure.  */
   1168  1.1     skrll 
   1169  1.1     skrll static void
   1170  1.1     skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn (const char *opname,
   1171  1.9  christos 			 const expressionS *tok,
   1172  1.9  christos 			 int ntok,
   1173  1.1     skrll 			 struct alpha_insn *insn)
   1174  1.1     skrll {
   1175  1.1     skrll   const struct alpha_opcode *opcode;
   1176  1.1     skrll 
   1177  1.1     skrll   /* Search opcodes.  */
   1178  1.1     skrll   opcode = (const struct alpha_opcode *) str_hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash,
   1179  1.1     skrll 							opname);
   1180  1.1     skrll   if (opcode)
   1181  1.1     skrll     {
   1182  1.1     skrll       int cpumatch;
   1183  1.1     skrll       opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch);
   1184  1.1     skrll       if (opcode)
   1185  1.1     skrll 	{
   1186  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, insn, BFD_RELOC_UNUSED);
   1187  1.1     skrll 	  return;
   1188  1.1     skrll 	}
   1189  1.1     skrll       else if (cpumatch)
   1190  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'"), opname);
   1191  1.1     skrll       else
   1192  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
   1193  1.1     skrll 		alpha_target_name);
   1194  1.1     skrll     }
   1195  1.1     skrll   else
   1196  1.1     skrll     as_bad (_("unknown opcode `%s'"), opname);
   1197  1.1     skrll }
   1198  1.1     skrll 
   1199  1.1     skrll /* Build a BFD section with its flags set appropriately for the .lita,
   1200  1.1     skrll    .lit8, or .lit4 sections.  */
   1201  1.1     skrll 
   1202  1.1     skrll static void
   1203  1.1     skrll create_literal_section (const char *name,
   1204  1.1     skrll 			segT *secp,
   1205  1.1     skrll 			symbolS **symp)
   1206  1.8  christos {
   1207  1.8  christos   segT current_section = now_seg;
   1208  1.8  christos   int current_subsec = now_subseg;
   1209  1.1     skrll   segT new_sec;
   1210  1.1     skrll 
   1211  1.1     skrll   *secp = new_sec = subseg_new (name, 0);
   1212  1.1     skrll   subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec);
   1213  1.1     skrll   bfd_set_section_alignment (new_sec, 4);
   1214  1.1     skrll   bfd_set_section_flags (new_sec, (SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
   1215  1.1     skrll 				   | SEC_READONLY | SEC_DATA));
   1216  1.1     skrll 
   1217  1.1     skrll   S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (*symp = section_symbol (new_sec));
   1218  1.1     skrll }
   1219  1.1     skrll 
   1220  1.1     skrll /* Load a (partial) expression into a target register.
   1221  1.1     skrll 
   1222  1.1     skrll    If poffset is not null, after the call it will either contain
   1223  1.1     skrll    O_constant 0, or a 16-bit offset appropriate for any MEM format
   1224  1.1     skrll    instruction.  In addition, pbasereg will be modified to point to
   1225  1.1     skrll    the base register to use in that MEM format instruction.
   1226  1.1     skrll 
   1227  1.1     skrll    In any case, *pbasereg should contain a base register to add to the
   1228  1.1     skrll    expression.  This will normally be either AXP_REG_ZERO or
   1229  1.1     skrll    alpha_gp_register.  Symbol addresses will always be loaded via $gp,
   1230  1.1     skrll    so "foo($0)" is interpreted as adding the address of foo to $0;
   1231  1.1     skrll    i.e. "ldq $targ, LIT($gp); addq $targ, $0, $targ".  Odd, perhaps,
   1232  1.1     skrll    but this is what OSF/1 does.
   1233  1.1     skrll 
   1234  1.1     skrll    If explicit relocations of the form !literal!<number> are allowed,
   1235  1.1     skrll    and used, then explicit_reloc with be an expression pointer.
   1236  1.1     skrll 
   1237  1.1     skrll    Finally, the return value is nonzero if the calling macro may emit
   1238  1.3  christos    a LITUSE reloc if otherwise appropriate; the return value is the
   1239  1.3  christos    sequence number to use.  */
   1240  1.1     skrll 
   1241  1.1     skrll static long
   1242  1.1     skrll load_expression (int targreg,
   1243  1.1     skrll 		 const expressionS *exp,
   1244  1.1     skrll 		 int *pbasereg,
   1245  1.1     skrll 		 expressionS *poffset,
   1246  1.1     skrll 		 const char *opname)
   1247  1.1     skrll {
   1248  1.1     skrll   long emit_lituse = 0;
   1249  1.1     skrll   offsetT addend = exp->X_add_number;
   1250  1.1     skrll   int basereg = *pbasereg;
   1251  1.1     skrll   struct alpha_insn insn;
   1252  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   1253  1.1     skrll 
   1254  1.1     skrll   switch (exp->X_op)
   1255  1.1     skrll     {
   1256  1.1     skrll     case O_symbol:
   1257  1.1     skrll       {
   1258  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   1259  1.1     skrll 	offsetT lit;
   1260  1.1     skrll 
   1261  1.1     skrll 	/* Attempt to reduce .lit load by splitting the offset from
   1262  1.1     skrll 	   its symbol when possible, but don't create a situation in
   1263  1.1     skrll 	   which we'd fail.  */
   1264  1.1     skrll 	if (!range_signed_32 (addend) &&
   1265  1.1     skrll 	    (alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT))
   1266  1.1     skrll 	  {
   1267  1.1     skrll 	    lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, addend,
   1268  1.1     skrll 				       alpha_lita_section, 8);
   1269  1.1     skrll 	    addend = 0;
   1270  1.1     skrll 	  }
   1271  1.1     skrll 	else
   1272  1.1     skrll 	  lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, 0,
   1273  1.1     skrll 				     alpha_lita_section, 8);
   1274  1.1     skrll 
   1275  1.1     skrll 	if (lit >= 0x8000)
   1276  1.1     skrll 	  as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lita) table"));
   1277  1.1     skrll 
   1278  1.1     skrll 	/* Emit "ldq r, lit(gp)".  */
   1279  1.1     skrll 
   1280  1.1     skrll 	if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg)
   1281  1.1     skrll 	  {
   1282  1.1     skrll 	    if (alpha_noat_on)
   1283  1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   1284  1.1     skrll 	    if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
   1285  1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
   1286  1.1     skrll 
   1287  1.1     skrll 	    set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   1288  1.1     skrll 	  }
   1289  1.1     skrll 	else
   1290  1.3  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1291  1.1     skrll 
   1292  1.1     skrll 	set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, lit);
   1293  1.1     skrll 	set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
   1294  1.1     skrll 
   1295  1.1     skrll 	assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1296  1.1     skrll 
   1297  1.1     skrll 	gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
   1298  1.1     skrll 	insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL;
   1299  1.1     skrll 	insn.sequence = emit_lituse = next_sequence_num--;
   1300  1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
   1301  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   1302  1.1     skrll 	/* Emit "ldq r, gotoff(gp)".  */
   1303  1.1     skrll 
   1304  1.1     skrll 	if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg)
   1305  1.1     skrll 	  {
   1306  1.1     skrll 	    if (alpha_noat_on)
   1307  1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   1308  1.1     skrll 	    if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
   1309  1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
   1310  1.1     skrll 
   1311  1.1     skrll 	    set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   1312  1.1     skrll 	  }
   1313  1.1     skrll 	else
   1314  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1315  1.1     skrll 
   1316  1.1     skrll 	/* XXX: Disable this .got minimizing optimization so that we can get
   1317  1.1     skrll 	   better instruction offset knowledge in the compiler.  This happens
   1318  1.1     skrll 	   very infrequently anyway.  */
   1319  1.1     skrll 	if (1
   1320  1.1     skrll 	    || (!range_signed_32 (addend)
   1321  1.1     skrll 		&& (alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT)))
   1322  1.1     skrll 	  {
   1323  1.1     skrll 	    newtok[1] = *exp;
   1324  1.1     skrll 	    addend = 0;
   1325  1.1     skrll 	  }
   1326  1.3  christos 	else
   1327  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_sym (newtok[1], exp->X_add_symbol, 0);
   1328  1.1     skrll 
   1329  1.1     skrll 	set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
   1330  1.1     skrll 
   1331  1.1     skrll 	assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1332  1.1     skrll 
   1333  1.3  christos 	gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
   1334  1.1     skrll 	insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL;
   1335  1.3  christos 	insn.sequence = emit_lituse = next_sequence_num--;
   1336  1.3  christos #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
   1337  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1338  1.1     skrll 	/* Find symbol or symbol pointer in link section.  */
   1339  1.1     skrll 
   1340  1.1     skrll 	if (exp->X_add_symbol == alpha_evax_proc->symbol)
   1341  1.1     skrll 	  {
   1342  1.1     skrll             /* Linkage-relative expression.  */
   1343  1.1     skrll             set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1344  1.1     skrll 
   1345  1.1     skrll 	    if (range_signed_16 (addend))
   1346  1.1     skrll 	      {
   1347  1.3  christos 		set_tok_const (newtok[1], addend);
   1348  1.3  christos 		addend = 0;
   1349  1.1     skrll 	      }
   1350  1.1     skrll 	    else
   1351  1.1     skrll 	      {
   1352  1.3  christos 		set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   1353  1.3  christos 	      }
   1354  1.3  christos             set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1355  1.3  christos             assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1356  1.3  christos 	  }
   1357  1.3  christos 	else
   1358  1.1     skrll 	  {
   1359  1.3  christos 	    const char *symname = S_GET_NAME (exp->X_add_symbol);
   1360  1.3  christos 	    const char *ptr1, *ptr2;
   1361  1.3  christos 	    int symlen = strlen (symname);
   1362  1.3  christos 
   1363  1.3  christos 	    if ((symlen > 4 &&
   1364  1.3  christos 		 strcmp (ptr2 = &symname [symlen - 4], "..lk") == 0))
   1365  1.3  christos 	      {
   1366  1.3  christos                 /* Access to an item whose address is stored in the linkage
   1367  1.3  christos                    section.  Just read the address.  */
   1368  1.3  christos 		set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1369  1.3  christos 
   1370  1.3  christos 		newtok[1] = *exp;
   1371  1.3  christos 		newtok[1].X_op = O_subtract;
   1372  1.3  christos 		newtok[1].X_op_symbol = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   1373  1.3  christos 
   1374  1.3  christos 		set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1375  1.3  christos 		assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1376  1.3  christos 		alpha_linkage_symbol = exp->X_add_symbol;
   1377  1.3  christos 
   1378  1.3  christos 		if (poffset)
   1379  1.3  christos 		  set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
   1380  1.3  christos 
   1381  1.3  christos 		if (alpha_flag_replace && targreg == 26)
   1382  1.3  christos 		  {
   1383  1.3  christos                     /* Add a NOP fixup for 'ldX $26,YYY..NAME..lk'.  */
   1384  1.6  christos 		    char *ensymname;
   1385  1.3  christos 		    symbolS *ensym;
   1386  1.3  christos 
   1387  1.3  christos                     /* Build the entry name as 'NAME..en'.  */
   1388  1.3  christos 		    ptr1 = strstr (symname, "..") + 2;
   1389  1.3  christos 		    if (ptr1 > ptr2)
   1390  1.3  christos 		      ptr1 = symname;
   1391  1.6  christos 		    ensymname = XNEWVEC (char, ptr2 - ptr1 + 5);
   1392  1.4  christos 		    memcpy (ensymname, ptr1, ptr2 - ptr1);
   1393  1.3  christos 		    memcpy (ensymname + (ptr2 - ptr1), "..en", 5);
   1394  1.3  christos 
   1395  1.3  christos 		    gas_assert (insn.nfixups + 1 <= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   1396  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP;
   1397  1.3  christos 		    ensym = symbol_find_or_make (ensymname);
   1398  1.3  christos 		    free (ensymname);
   1399  1.3  christos 		    symbol_mark_used (ensym);
   1400  1.3  christos 		    /* The fixup must be the same as the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH
   1401  1.3  christos 		       case in emit_jsrjmp.  See B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS Linker
   1402  1.3  christos 		       Utility Manual.  */
   1403  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_symbol;
   1404  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_symbol = ensym;
   1405  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_number = 0;
   1406  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
   1407  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   1408  1.3  christos 		    insn.nfixups++;
   1409  1.3  christos 
   1410  1.3  christos 		    /* ??? Force bsym to be instantiated now, as it will be
   1411  1.3  christos 		       too late to do so in tc_gen_reloc.  */
   1412  1.3  christos 		    symbol_get_bfdsym (exp->X_add_symbol);
   1413  1.3  christos 		  }
   1414  1.3  christos 		else if (alpha_flag_replace && targreg == 27)
   1415  1.3  christos 		  {
   1416  1.3  christos                     /* Add a lda fixup for 'ldX $27,YYY.NAME..lk+8'.  */
   1417  1.6  christos 		    char *psymname;
   1418  1.3  christos 		    symbolS *psym;
   1419  1.3  christos 
   1420  1.3  christos                     /* Extract NAME.  */
   1421  1.3  christos 		    ptr1 = strstr (symname, "..") + 2;
   1422  1.6  christos 		    if (ptr1 > ptr2)
   1423  1.4  christos 		      ptr1 = symname;
   1424  1.3  christos 		    psymname = xmemdup0 (ptr1, ptr2 - ptr1);
   1425  1.3  christos 
   1426  1.3  christos 		    gas_assert (insn.nfixups + 1 <= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   1427  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA;
   1428  1.3  christos 		    psym = symbol_find_or_make (psymname);
   1429  1.3  christos 		    free (psymname);
   1430  1.3  christos 		    symbol_mark_used (psym);
   1431  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_subtract;
   1432  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_symbol = psym;
   1433  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op_symbol = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   1434  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_number = 0;
   1435  1.1     skrll 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
   1436  1.1     skrll 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   1437  1.3  christos 		    insn.nfixups++;
   1438  1.3  christos 		  }
   1439  1.3  christos 
   1440  1.3  christos 		emit_insn (&insn);
   1441  1.3  christos 		return 0;
   1442  1.3  christos 	      }
   1443  1.3  christos 	    else
   1444  1.4  christos 	      {
   1445  1.3  christos                 /* Not in the linkage section.  Put the value into the linkage
   1446  1.3  christos                    section.  */
   1447  1.3  christos 		symbolS *linkexp;
   1448  1.3  christos 
   1449  1.3  christos 		if (!range_signed_32 (addend))
   1450  1.1     skrll 		  addend = sign_extend_32 (addend);
   1451  1.1     skrll 		linkexp = add_to_link_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, 0);
   1452  1.1     skrll 		set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1453  1.1     skrll 		set_tok_sym (newtok[1], linkexp, 0);
   1454  1.1     skrll 		set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1455  1.1     skrll 		assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1456  1.1     skrll 	      }
   1457  1.1     skrll 	  }
   1458  1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
   1459  1.1     skrll 
   1460  1.1     skrll 	emit_insn (&insn);
   1461  1.1     skrll 
   1462  1.1     skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
   1463  1.1     skrll 	if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO)
   1464  1.1     skrll 	  {
   1465  1.1     skrll 	    /* Emit "addq r, base, r".  */
   1466  1.1     skrll 
   1467  1.1     skrll 	    set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
   1468  1.1     skrll 	    set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg);
   1469  1.1     skrll 	    assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0);
   1470  1.1     skrll 	  }
   1471  1.1     skrll #endif
   1472  1.1     skrll 	basereg = targreg;
   1473  1.1     skrll       }
   1474  1.1     skrll       break;
   1475  1.1     skrll 
   1476  1.1     skrll     case O_constant:
   1477  1.1     skrll       break;
   1478  1.1     skrll 
   1479  1.3  christos     case O_subtract:
   1480  1.1     skrll       /* Assume that this difference expression will be resolved to an
   1481  1.1     skrll 	 absolute value and that that value will fit in 16 bits.  */
   1482  1.1     skrll 
   1483  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1484  1.1     skrll       newtok[1] = *exp;
   1485  1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1486  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens (opname, newtok, 3, 0);
   1487  1.1     skrll 
   1488  1.1     skrll       if (poffset)
   1489  1.1     skrll 	set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
   1490  1.1     skrll       return 0;
   1491  1.1     skrll 
   1492  1.1     skrll     case O_big:
   1493  1.1     skrll       if (exp->X_add_number > 0)
   1494  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("bignum invalid; zero assumed"));
   1495  1.1     skrll       else
   1496  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("floating point number invalid; zero assumed"));
   1497  1.1     skrll       addend = 0;
   1498  1.1     skrll       break;
   1499  1.1     skrll 
   1500  1.1     skrll     default:
   1501  1.3  christos       as_bad (_("can't handle expression"));
   1502  1.3  christos       addend = 0;
   1503  1.3  christos       break;
   1504  1.1     skrll     }
   1505  1.1     skrll 
   1506  1.3  christos   if (!range_signed_32 (addend))
   1507  1.1     skrll     {
   1508  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1509  1.1     skrll       symbolS *litexp;
   1510  1.1     skrll #else
   1511  1.4  christos       offsetT lit;
   1512  1.1     skrll       long seq_num = next_sequence_num--;
   1513  1.3  christos #endif
   1514  1.1     skrll 
   1515  1.1     skrll       /* For 64-bit addends, just put it in the literal pool.  */
   1516  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1517  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "ldq targreg, lit(basereg)".  */
   1518  1.1     skrll       litexp = add_to_link_pool (section_symbol (absolute_section), addend);
   1519  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1520  1.1     skrll       set_tok_sym (newtok[1], litexp, 0);
   1521  1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
   1522  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("ldq", newtok, 3, 0);
   1523  1.1     skrll #else
   1524  1.1     skrll 
   1525  1.1     skrll       if (alpha_lit8_section == NULL)
   1526  1.1     skrll 	{
   1527  1.1     skrll 	  create_literal_section (".lit8",
   1528  1.1     skrll 				  &alpha_lit8_section,
   1529  1.1     skrll 				  &alpha_lit8_symbol);
   1530  1.1     skrll 
   1531  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   1532  1.1     skrll 	  alpha_lit8_literal = add_to_literal_pool (alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000,
   1533  1.1     skrll 						    alpha_lita_section, 8);
   1534  1.1     skrll 	  if (alpha_lit8_literal >= 0x8000)
   1535  1.1     skrll 	    as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lita) table"));
   1536  1.1     skrll #endif
   1537  1.1     skrll 	}
   1538  1.1     skrll 
   1539  1.1     skrll       lit = add_to_literal_pool (NULL, addend, alpha_lit8_section, 8) - 0x8000;
   1540  1.1     skrll       if (lit >= 0x8000)
   1541  1.1     skrll 	as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lit8) table"));
   1542  1.1     skrll 
   1543  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "lda litreg, .lit8+0x8000".  */
   1544  1.1     skrll 
   1545  1.1     skrll       if (targreg == basereg)
   1546  1.1     skrll 	{
   1547  1.1     skrll 	  if (alpha_noat_on)
   1548  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   1549  1.1     skrll 	  if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
   1550  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
   1551  1.1     skrll 
   1552  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   1553  1.1     skrll 	}
   1554  1.1     skrll       else
   1555  1.1     skrll 	set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1556  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   1557  1.1     skrll       set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, alpha_lit8_literal);
   1558  1.1     skrll #endif
   1559  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   1560  1.1     skrll       set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000);
   1561  1.1     skrll #endif
   1562  1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
   1563  1.1     skrll 
   1564  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1565  1.1     skrll 
   1566  1.1     skrll       gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
   1567  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   1568  1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL;
   1569  1.1     skrll #endif
   1570  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   1571  1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL;
   1572  1.1     skrll #endif
   1573  1.1     skrll       insn.sequence = seq_num;
   1574  1.1     skrll 
   1575  1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   1576  1.1     skrll 
   1577  1.3  christos       /* Emit "ldq litreg, lit(litreg)".  */
   1578  1.1     skrll 
   1579  1.1     skrll       set_tok_const (newtok[1], lit);
   1580  1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], newtok[0].X_add_number);
   1581  1.1     skrll 
   1582  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1583  1.1     skrll 
   1584  1.1     skrll       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   1585  1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   1586  1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   1587  1.1     skrll       insn.nfixups++;
   1588  1.1     skrll       insn.sequence = seq_num;
   1589  1.1     skrll       emit_lituse = 0;
   1590  1.1     skrll 
   1591  1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   1592  1.1     skrll 
   1593  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "addq litreg, base, target".  */
   1594  1.1     skrll 
   1595  1.1     skrll       if (basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO)
   1596  1.1     skrll 	{
   1597  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
   1598  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg);
   1599  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0);
   1600  1.1     skrll 	}
   1601  1.1     skrll #endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */
   1602  1.1     skrll 
   1603  1.1     skrll       if (poffset)
   1604  1.1     skrll 	set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
   1605  1.1     skrll       *pbasereg = targreg;
   1606  1.1     skrll     }
   1607  1.1     skrll   else
   1608  1.1     skrll     {
   1609  1.1     skrll       offsetT low, high, extra, tmp;
   1610  1.1     skrll 
   1611  1.1     skrll       /* For 32-bit operands, break up the addend.  */
   1612  1.1     skrll 
   1613  1.1     skrll       low = sign_extend_16 (addend);
   1614  1.1     skrll       tmp = addend - low;
   1615  1.1     skrll       high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16);
   1616  1.1     skrll 
   1617  1.1     skrll       if (tmp - (high << 16))
   1618  1.1     skrll 	{
   1619  1.1     skrll 	  extra = 0x4000;
   1620  1.1     skrll 	  tmp -= 0x40000000;
   1621  1.1     skrll 	  high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16);
   1622  1.1     skrll 	}
   1623  1.1     skrll       else
   1624  1.1     skrll 	extra = 0;
   1625  1.1     skrll 
   1626  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1627  1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1628  1.1     skrll 
   1629  1.1     skrll       if (extra)
   1630  1.1     skrll 	{
   1631  1.1     skrll 	  /* Emit "ldah r, extra(r).  */
   1632  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_const (newtok[1], extra);
   1633  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
   1634  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg = targreg);
   1635  1.1     skrll 	}
   1636  1.1     skrll 
   1637  1.1     skrll       if (high)
   1638  1.1     skrll 	{
   1639  1.1     skrll 	  /* Emit "ldah r, high(r).  */
   1640  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_const (newtok[1], high);
   1641  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
   1642  1.1     skrll 	  basereg = targreg;
   1643  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1644  1.1     skrll 	}
   1645  1.1     skrll 
   1646  1.1     skrll       if ((low && !poffset) || (!poffset && basereg != targreg))
   1647  1.1     skrll 	{
   1648  1.1     skrll 	  /* Emit "lda r, low(base)".  */
   1649  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_const (newtok[1], low);
   1650  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 3, 0);
   1651  1.1     skrll 	  basereg = targreg;
   1652  1.1     skrll 	  low = 0;
   1653  1.1     skrll 	}
   1654  1.1     skrll 
   1655  1.1     skrll       if (poffset)
   1656  1.1     skrll 	set_tok_const (*poffset, low);
   1657  1.1     skrll       *pbasereg = basereg;
   1658  1.1     skrll     }
   1659  1.1     skrll 
   1660  1.1     skrll   return emit_lituse;
   1661  1.1     skrll }
   1662  1.1     skrll 
   1663  1.1     skrll /* The lda macro differs from the lda instruction in that it handles
   1664  1.1     skrll    most simple expressions, particularly symbol address loads and
   1665  1.1     skrll    large constants.  */
   1666  1.1     skrll 
   1667  1.1     skrll static void
   1668  1.1     skrll emit_lda (const expressionS *tok,
   1669  1.1     skrll 	  int ntok,
   1670  1.1     skrll 	  const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   1671  1.1     skrll {
   1672  1.3  christos   int basereg;
   1673  1.1     skrll 
   1674  1.1     skrll   if (ntok == 2)
   1675  1.1     skrll     basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   1676  1.1     skrll   else
   1677  1.1     skrll     basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   1678  1.1     skrll 
   1679  1.1     skrll   (void) load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
   1680  1.1     skrll }
   1681  1.1     skrll 
   1682  1.1     skrll /* The ldah macro differs from the ldah instruction in that it has $31
   1683  1.1     skrll    as an implied base register.  */
   1684  1.1     skrll 
   1685  1.1     skrll static void
   1686  1.1     skrll emit_ldah (const expressionS *tok,
   1687  1.1     skrll 	   int ntok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   1688  1.1     skrll 	   const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   1689  1.1     skrll {
   1690  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   1691  1.1     skrll 
   1692  1.1     skrll   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   1693  1.1     skrll   newtok[1] = tok[1];
   1694  1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_ZERO);
   1695  1.1     skrll 
   1696  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
   1697  1.1     skrll }
   1698  1.1     skrll 
   1699  1.1     skrll /* Called internally to handle all alignment needs.  This takes care
   1700  1.1     skrll    of eliding calls to frag_align if'n the cached current alignment
   1701  1.1     skrll    says we've already got it, as well as taking care of the auto-align
   1702  1.1     skrll    feature wrt labels.  */
   1703  1.1     skrll 
   1704  1.1     skrll static void
   1705  1.1     skrll alpha_align (int n,
   1706  1.1     skrll 	     char *pfill,
   1707  1.1     skrll 	     symbolS *label,
   1708  1.1     skrll 	     int force ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   1709  1.1     skrll {
   1710  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_current_align >= n)
   1711  1.1     skrll     return;
   1712  1.1     skrll 
   1713  1.1     skrll   if (pfill == NULL)
   1714  1.1     skrll     {
   1715  1.1     skrll       if (subseg_text_p (now_seg))
   1716  1.1     skrll 	frag_align_code (n, 0);
   1717  1.1     skrll       else
   1718  1.1     skrll 	frag_align (n, 0, 0);
   1719  1.1     skrll     }
   1720  1.1     skrll   else
   1721  1.1     skrll     frag_align (n, *pfill, 0);
   1722  1.1     skrll 
   1723  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = n;
   1724  1.1     skrll 
   1725  1.1     skrll   if (label != NULL && S_GET_SEGMENT (label) == now_seg)
   1726  1.1     skrll     {
   1727  1.1     skrll       symbol_set_frag (label, frag_now);
   1728  1.1     skrll       S_SET_VALUE (label, (valueT) frag_now_fix ());
   1729  1.1     skrll     }
   1730  1.1     skrll 
   1731  1.1     skrll   record_alignment (now_seg, n);
   1732  1.1     skrll 
   1733  1.1     skrll   /* ??? If alpha_flag_relax && force && elf, record the requested alignment
   1734  1.1     skrll      in a reloc for the linker to see.  */
   1735  1.1     skrll }
   1736  1.1     skrll 
   1737  1.1     skrll /* Actually output an instruction with its fixup.  */
   1738  1.1     skrll 
   1739  1.1     skrll static void
   1740  1.1     skrll emit_insn (struct alpha_insn *insn)
   1741  1.1     skrll {
   1742  1.1     skrll   char *f;
   1743  1.1     skrll   int i;
   1744  1.1     skrll 
   1745  1.1     skrll   /* Take care of alignment duties.  */
   1746  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2)
   1747  1.1     skrll     alpha_align (2, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
   1748  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_current_align > 2)
   1749  1.1     skrll     alpha_current_align = 2;
   1750  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   1751  1.1     skrll 
   1752  1.1     skrll   /* Write out the instruction.  */
   1753  1.1     skrll   f = frag_more (4);
   1754  1.1     skrll   md_number_to_chars (f, insn->insn, 4);
   1755  1.1     skrll 
   1756  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   1757  1.1     skrll   dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
   1758  1.1     skrll #endif
   1759  1.1     skrll 
   1760  1.1     skrll   /* Apply the fixups in order.  */
   1761  1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < insn->nfixups; ++i)
   1762  1.1     skrll     {
   1763  1.1     skrll       const struct alpha_operand *operand = (const struct alpha_operand *) 0;
   1764  1.1     skrll       struct alpha_fixup *fixup = &insn->fixups[i];
   1765  1.1     skrll       struct alpha_reloc_tag *info = NULL;
   1766  1.1     skrll       int size, pcrel;
   1767  1.1     skrll       fixS *fixP;
   1768  1.1     skrll 
   1769  1.1     skrll       /* Some fixups are only used internally and so have no howto.  */
   1770  1.1     skrll       if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
   1771  1.1     skrll 	{
   1772  1.1     skrll 	  operand = &alpha_operands[-(int) fixup->reloc];
   1773  1.1     skrll 	  size = 4;
   1774  1.1     skrll 	  pcrel = ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE) != 0);
   1775  1.1     skrll 	}
   1776  1.1     skrll       else if (fixup->reloc > BFD_RELOC_UNUSED
   1777  1.1     skrll 	       || fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16
   1778  1.3  christos 	       || fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16)
   1779  1.3  christos 	{
   1780  1.3  christos 	  size = 2;
   1781  1.3  christos 	  pcrel = 0;
   1782  1.1     skrll 	}
   1783  1.1     skrll       else
   1784  1.1     skrll 	{
   1785  1.3  christos 	  reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto =
   1786  1.3  christos               bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
   1787  1.3  christos                                      (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
   1788  1.3  christos 	  gas_assert (reloc_howto);
   1789  1.3  christos 
   1790  1.3  christos 	  size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_howto);
   1791  1.3  christos 
   1792  1.3  christos 	  switch (fixup->reloc)
   1793  1.3  christos 	    {
   1794  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1795  1.3  christos 	    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   1796  1.3  christos 	    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   1797  1.5  christos 	    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   1798  1.1     skrll 	    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   1799  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1800  1.1     skrll #endif
   1801  1.1     skrll 	    default:
   1802  1.3  christos 	      gas_assert (size >= 1 && size <= 4);
   1803  1.1     skrll 	    }
   1804  1.1     skrll 
   1805  1.1     skrll 	  pcrel = reloc_howto->pc_relative;
   1806  1.1     skrll 	}
   1807  1.1     skrll 
   1808  1.1     skrll       fixP = fix_new_exp (frag_now, f - frag_now->fr_literal, size,
   1809  1.1     skrll 			  &fixup->exp, pcrel, (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
   1810  1.1     skrll 
   1811  1.1     skrll       /* Turn off complaints that the addend is too large for some fixups,
   1812  1.1     skrll          and copy in the sequence number for the explicit relocations.  */
   1813  1.1     skrll       switch (fixup->reloc)
   1814  1.1     skrll 	{
   1815  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
   1816  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   1817  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
   1818  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
   1819  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
   1820  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
   1821  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
   1822  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
   1823  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
   1824  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
   1825  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
   1826  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
   1827  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
   1828  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1829  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1830  1.1     skrll 
   1831  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
   1832  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1833  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (now_seg);
   1834  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = 0;
   1835  1.1     skrll 
   1836  1.1     skrll 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1837  1.1     skrll 	  if (++info->n_master > 1)
   1838  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("too many ldah insns for !gpdisp!%ld"), insn->sequence);
   1839  1.1     skrll 	  if (info->segment != now_seg)
   1840  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("both insns for !gpdisp!%ld must be in the same section"),
   1841  1.1     skrll 		    insn->sequence);
   1842  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1843  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1844  1.1     skrll 
   1845  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
   1846  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1847  1.1     skrll 
   1848  1.1     skrll 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1849  1.1     skrll 	  if (++info->n_slaves > 1)
   1850  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("too many lda insns for !gpdisp!%ld"), insn->sequence);
   1851  1.1     skrll 	  if (info->segment != now_seg)
   1852  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("both insns for !gpdisp!%ld must be in the same section"),
   1853  1.1     skrll 		    insn->sequence);
   1854  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1855  1.1     skrll 	  info->slaves = fixP;
   1856  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1857  1.1     skrll 
   1858  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
   1859  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
   1860  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1861  1.1     skrll 
   1862  1.1     skrll 	  if (insn->sequence == 0)
   1863  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   1864  1.1     skrll 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1865  1.1     skrll 	  info->master = fixP;
   1866  1.1     skrll 	  info->n_master++;
   1867  1.1     skrll 	  if (info->segment != now_seg)
   1868  1.1     skrll 	    info->multi_section_p = 1;
   1869  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1870  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1871  1.1     skrll 
   1872  1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   1873  1.1     skrll 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR:
   1874  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_ADDR;
   1875  1.1     skrll 	  goto do_lituse;
   1876  1.1     skrll 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE:
   1877  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_BASE;
   1878  1.1     skrll 	  goto do_lituse;
   1879  1.1     skrll 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF:
   1880  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_BYTOFF;
   1881  1.1     skrll 	  goto do_lituse;
   1882  1.1     skrll 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR:
   1883  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_JSR;
   1884  1.1     skrll 	  goto do_lituse;
   1885  1.1     skrll 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD:
   1886  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSGD;
   1887  1.1     skrll 	  goto do_lituse;
   1888  1.1     skrll 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM:
   1889  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSLDM;
   1890  1.1     skrll 	  goto do_lituse;
   1891  1.1     skrll 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT:
   1892  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_JSRDIRECT;
   1893  1.1     skrll 	  goto do_lituse;
   1894  1.1     skrll 	do_lituse:
   1895  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (now_seg);
   1896  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE;
   1897  1.1     skrll 
   1898  1.1     skrll 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1899  1.1     skrll 	  if (fixup->reloc == DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD)
   1900  1.1     skrll 	    info->saw_lu_tlsgd = 1;
   1901  1.1     skrll 	  else if (fixup->reloc == DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM)
   1902  1.1     skrll 	    info->saw_lu_tlsldm = 1;
   1903  1.1     skrll 	  if (++info->n_slaves > 1)
   1904  1.1     skrll 	    {
   1905  1.1     skrll 	      if (info->saw_lu_tlsgd)
   1906  1.1     skrll 		as_bad (_("too many lituse insns for !lituse_tlsgd!%ld"),
   1907  1.1     skrll 		        insn->sequence);
   1908  1.1     skrll 	      else if (info->saw_lu_tlsldm)
   1909  1.1     skrll 		as_bad (_("too many lituse insns for !lituse_tlsldm!%ld"),
   1910  1.1     skrll 		        insn->sequence);
   1911  1.1     skrll 	    }
   1912  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1913  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.next_reloc = info->slaves;
   1914  1.1     skrll 	  info->slaves = fixP;
   1915  1.1     skrll 	  if (info->segment != now_seg)
   1916  1.1     skrll 	    info->multi_section_p = 1;
   1917  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1918  1.1     skrll 
   1919  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
   1920  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1921  1.1     skrll 
   1922  1.1     skrll 	  if (insn->sequence == 0)
   1923  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   1924  1.1     skrll 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1925  1.1     skrll 	  if (info->saw_tlsgd)
   1926  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("duplicate !tlsgd!%ld"), insn->sequence);
   1927  1.1     skrll 	  else if (info->saw_tlsldm)
   1928  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("sequence number in use for !tlsldm!%ld"),
   1929  1.1     skrll 		    insn->sequence);
   1930  1.1     skrll 	  else
   1931  1.1     skrll 	    info->saw_tlsgd = 1;
   1932  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1933  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1934  1.1     skrll 
   1935  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
   1936  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1937  1.1     skrll 
   1938  1.1     skrll 	  if (insn->sequence == 0)
   1939  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   1940  1.1     skrll 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1941  1.1     skrll 	  if (info->saw_tlsldm)
   1942  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("duplicate !tlsldm!%ld"), insn->sequence);
   1943  1.1     skrll 	  else if (info->saw_tlsgd)
   1944  1.3  christos 	    as_bad (_("sequence number in use for !tlsgd!%ld"),
   1945  1.3  christos 		    insn->sequence);
   1946  1.3  christos 	  else
   1947  1.3  christos 	    info->saw_tlsldm = 1;
   1948  1.3  christos 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1949  1.3  christos 	  break;
   1950  1.3  christos #endif
   1951  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1952  1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   1953  1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   1954  1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   1955  1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   1956  1.1     skrll 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (next_sequence_num--);
   1957  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1958  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info->sym = fixup->xtrasym;
   1959  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info->psym = fixup->procsym;
   1960  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1961  1.1     skrll #endif
   1962  1.1     skrll 
   1963  1.1     skrll 	default:
   1964  1.1     skrll 	  if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
   1965  1.1     skrll 	    {
   1966  1.1     skrll 	      if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW)
   1967  1.1     skrll 		fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1968  1.1     skrll 	    }
   1969  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1970  1.1     skrll 	}
   1971  1.1     skrll     }
   1972  1.1     skrll }
   1973  1.6  christos 
   1974  1.1     skrll /* Insert an operand value into an instruction.  */
   1975  1.1     skrll 
   1976  1.9  christos static unsigned
   1977  1.1     skrll insert_operand (unsigned insn,
   1978  1.1     skrll 		const struct alpha_operand *operand,
   1979  1.1     skrll 		offsetT val,
   1980  1.1     skrll 		const char *file,
   1981  1.1     skrll 		unsigned line)
   1982  1.1     skrll {
   1983  1.1     skrll   if (!(operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW))
   1984  1.1     skrll     {
   1985  1.1     skrll       offsetT min, max;
   1986  1.1     skrll 
   1987  1.1     skrll       if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED)
   1988  1.1     skrll 	{
   1989  1.1     skrll 	  max = (1 << (operand->bits - 1)) - 1;
   1990  1.1     skrll 	  min = -(1 << (operand->bits - 1));
   1991  1.1     skrll 	}
   1992  1.4  christos       else
   1993  1.1     skrll 	{
   1994  1.1     skrll 	  max = (1 << operand->bits) - 1;
   1995  1.1     skrll 	  min = 0;
   1996  1.1     skrll 	}
   1997  1.1     skrll 
   1998  1.1     skrll       if (val < min || val > max)
   1999  1.1     skrll 	as_bad_value_out_of_range (_("operand"), val, min, max, file, line);
   2000  1.1     skrll     }
   2001  1.2       snj 
   2002  1.1     skrll   if (operand->insert)
   2003  1.1     skrll     {
   2004  1.1     skrll       const char *errmsg = NULL;
   2005  1.1     skrll 
   2006  1.1     skrll       insn = (*operand->insert) (insn, val, &errmsg);
   2007  1.1     skrll       if (errmsg)
   2008  1.1     skrll 	as_warn ("%s", errmsg);
   2009  1.1     skrll     }
   2010  1.1     skrll   else
   2011  1.1     skrll     insn |= ((val & ((1 << operand->bits) - 1)) << operand->shift);
   2012  1.1     skrll 
   2013  1.1     skrll   return insn;
   2014  1.1     skrll }
   2015  1.1     skrll 
   2016  1.1     skrll /* Turn an opcode description and a set of arguments into
   2017  1.3  christos    an instruction and a fixup.  */
   2018  1.1     skrll 
   2019  1.1     skrll static void
   2020  1.1     skrll assemble_insn (const struct alpha_opcode *opcode,
   2021  1.1     skrll 	       const expressionS *tok,
   2022  1.1     skrll 	       int ntok,
   2023  1.1     skrll 	       struct alpha_insn *insn,
   2024  1.1     skrll 	       extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
   2025  1.1     skrll {
   2026  1.1     skrll   const struct alpha_operand *reloc_operand = NULL;
   2027  1.1     skrll   const expressionS *reloc_exp = NULL;
   2028  1.1     skrll   const unsigned char *argidx;
   2029  1.1     skrll   unsigned image;
   2030  1.1     skrll   int tokidx = 0;
   2031  1.1     skrll 
   2032  1.1     skrll   memset (insn, 0, sizeof (*insn));
   2033  1.1     skrll   image = opcode->opcode;
   2034  1.1     skrll 
   2035  1.1     skrll   for (argidx = opcode->operands; *argidx; ++argidx)
   2036  1.1     skrll     {
   2037  1.1     skrll       const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*argidx];
   2038  1.1     skrll       const expressionS *t = (const expressionS *) 0;
   2039  1.1     skrll 
   2040  1.1     skrll       if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE)
   2041  1.1     skrll 	{
   2042  1.1     skrll 	  /* Fake operands take no value and generate no fixup.  */
   2043  1.1     skrll 	  image = insert_operand (image, operand, 0, NULL, 0);
   2044  1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   2045  1.1     skrll 	}
   2046  1.1     skrll 
   2047  1.1     skrll       if (tokidx >= ntok)
   2048  1.1     skrll 	{
   2049  1.1     skrll 	  switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK)
   2050  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2051  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_FIRST:
   2052  1.1     skrll 	      t = &tok[0];
   2053  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2054  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_SECOND:
   2055  1.1     skrll 	      t = &tok[1];
   2056  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2057  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_ZERO:
   2058  1.1     skrll 	      {
   2059  1.1     skrll 		static expressionS zero_exp;
   2060  1.1     skrll 		t = &zero_exp;
   2061  1.1     skrll 		zero_exp.X_op = O_constant;
   2062  1.1     skrll 		zero_exp.X_unsigned = 1;
   2063  1.1     skrll 	      }
   2064  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2065  1.1     skrll 	    default:
   2066  1.1     skrll 	      abort ();
   2067  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2068  1.1     skrll 	}
   2069  1.1     skrll       else
   2070  1.1     skrll 	t = &tok[tokidx++];
   2071  1.1     skrll 
   2072  1.1     skrll       switch (t->X_op)
   2073  1.1     skrll 	{
   2074  1.1     skrll 	case O_register:
   2075  1.1     skrll 	case O_pregister:
   2076  1.3  christos 	case O_cpregister:
   2077  1.1     skrll 	  image = insert_operand (image, operand, regno (t->X_add_number),
   2078  1.1     skrll 				  NULL, 0);
   2079  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2080  1.1     skrll 
   2081  1.1     skrll 	case O_constant:
   2082  1.1     skrll 	  image = insert_operand (image, operand, t->X_add_number, NULL, 0);
   2083  1.1     skrll 	  gas_assert (reloc_operand == NULL);
   2084  1.1     skrll 	  reloc_operand = operand;
   2085  1.1     skrll 	  reloc_exp = t;
   2086  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2087  1.1     skrll 
   2088  1.1     skrll 	default:
   2089  1.1     skrll 	  /* This is only 0 for fields that should contain registers,
   2090  1.1     skrll 	     which means this pattern shouldn't have matched.  */
   2091  1.1     skrll 	  if (operand->default_reloc == 0)
   2092  1.1     skrll 	    abort ();
   2093  1.1     skrll 
   2094  1.1     skrll 	  /* There is one special case for which an insn receives two
   2095  1.1     skrll 	     relocations, and thus the user-supplied reloc does not
   2096  1.1     skrll 	     override the operand reloc.  */
   2097  1.1     skrll 	  if (operand->default_reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT)
   2098  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2099  1.1     skrll 	      struct alpha_fixup *fixup;
   2100  1.1     skrll 
   2101  1.1     skrll 	      if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
   2102  1.1     skrll 		as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
   2103  1.1     skrll 
   2104  1.1     skrll 	      fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
   2105  1.1     skrll 	      fixup->exp = *t;
   2106  1.3  christos 	      fixup->reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT;
   2107  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2108  1.1     skrll 	  else
   2109  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2110  1.1     skrll 	      if (reloc == BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
   2111  1.1     skrll 		reloc = operand->default_reloc;
   2112  1.1     skrll 
   2113  1.1     skrll 	      gas_assert (reloc_operand == NULL);
   2114  1.1     skrll 	      reloc_operand = operand;
   2115  1.1     skrll 	      reloc_exp = t;
   2116  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2117  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2118  1.1     skrll 	}
   2119  1.1     skrll     }
   2120  1.1     skrll 
   2121  1.1     skrll   if (reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
   2122  1.1     skrll     {
   2123  1.1     skrll       struct alpha_fixup *fixup;
   2124  1.1     skrll 
   2125  1.1     skrll       if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
   2126  1.1     skrll 	as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
   2127  1.1     skrll 
   2128  1.1     skrll       /* ??? My but this is hacky.  But the OSF/1 assembler uses the same
   2129  1.1     skrll 	 relocation tag for both ldah and lda with gpdisp.  Choose the
   2130  1.1     skrll 	 correct internal relocation based on the opcode.  */
   2131  1.1     skrll       if (reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP)
   2132  1.1     skrll 	{
   2133  1.1     skrll 	  if (strcmp (opcode->name, "ldah") == 0)
   2134  1.1     skrll 	    reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16;
   2135  1.3  christos 	  else if (strcmp (opcode->name, "lda") == 0)
   2136  1.5  christos 	    reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16;
   2137  1.3  christos 	  else
   2138  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("invalid relocation for instruction"));
   2139  1.1     skrll 	}
   2140  1.3  christos 
   2141  1.3  christos       /* If this is a real relocation (as opposed to a lituse hint), then
   2142  1.1     skrll 	 the relocation width should match the operand width.
   2143  1.1     skrll 	 Take care of -MDISP in operand table.  */
   2144  1.1     skrll       else if (reloc < BFD_RELOC_UNUSED && reloc > 0)
   2145  1.1     skrll 	{
   2146  1.1     skrll 	  reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto
   2147  1.1     skrll               = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
   2148  1.1     skrll                                        (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) reloc);
   2149  1.1     skrll 	  if (reloc_operand == NULL
   2150  1.1     skrll 	      || reloc_howto->bitsize != reloc_operand->bits)
   2151  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2152  1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("invalid relocation for field"));
   2153  1.1     skrll 	      return;
   2154  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2155  1.1     skrll 	}
   2156  1.1     skrll 
   2157  1.1     skrll       fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
   2158  1.1     skrll       if (reloc_exp)
   2159  1.1     skrll 	fixup->exp = *reloc_exp;
   2160  1.1     skrll       else
   2161  1.1     skrll 	fixup->exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2162  1.1     skrll       fixup->reloc = reloc;
   2163  1.1     skrll     }
   2164  1.1     skrll 
   2165  1.1     skrll   insn->insn = image;
   2166  1.1     skrll }
   2167  1.1     skrll 
   2168  1.1     skrll /* Handle all "simple" integer register loads -- ldq, ldq_l, ldq_u,
   2169  1.1     skrll    etc.  They differ from the real instructions in that they do simple
   2170  1.1     skrll    expressions like the lda macro.  */
   2171  1.1     skrll 
   2172  1.1     skrll static void
   2173  1.1     skrll emit_ir_load (const expressionS *tok,
   2174  1.3  christos 	      int ntok,
   2175  1.3  christos 	      const void * opname)
   2176  1.3  christos {
   2177  1.1     skrll   int basereg;
   2178  1.1     skrll   long lituse;
   2179  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2180  1.1     skrll   struct alpha_insn insn;
   2181  1.1     skrll   const char *symname
   2182  1.1     skrll     = tok[1].X_add_symbol ? S_GET_NAME (tok[1].X_add_symbol): "";
   2183  1.3  christos   int symlen = strlen (symname);
   2184  1.3  christos 
   2185  1.1     skrll   if (ntok == 2)
   2186  1.3  christos     basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   2187  1.3  christos   else
   2188  1.3  christos     basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   2189  1.5  christos 
   2190  1.1     skrll   lituse = load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1],
   2191  1.1     skrll 			    &basereg, &newtok[1], (const char *) opname);
   2192  1.1     skrll 
   2193  1.1     skrll   if (basereg == alpha_gp_register &&
   2194  1.1     skrll       (symlen > 4 && strcmp (&symname [symlen - 4], "..lk") == 0))
   2195  1.1     skrll     return;
   2196  1.1     skrll 
   2197  1.3  christos   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2198  1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   2199  1.1     skrll 
   2200  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens_to_insn ((const char *) opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
   2201  1.1     skrll 
   2202  1.1     skrll   if (lituse)
   2203  1.1     skrll     {
   2204  1.1     skrll       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2205  1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2206  1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2207  1.1     skrll       insn.nfixups++;
   2208  1.1     skrll       insn.sequence = lituse;
   2209  1.1     skrll     }
   2210  1.1     skrll 
   2211  1.1     skrll   emit_insn (&insn);
   2212  1.1     skrll }
   2213  1.1     skrll 
   2214  1.1     skrll /* Handle fp register loads, and both integer and fp register stores.
   2215  1.1     skrll    Again, we handle simple expressions.  */
   2216  1.1     skrll 
   2217  1.1     skrll static void
   2218  1.1     skrll emit_loadstore (const expressionS *tok,
   2219  1.1     skrll 		int ntok,
   2220  1.1     skrll 		const void * opname)
   2221  1.1     skrll {
   2222  1.1     skrll   int basereg;
   2223  1.1     skrll   long lituse;
   2224  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2225  1.1     skrll   struct alpha_insn insn;
   2226  1.1     skrll 
   2227  1.1     skrll   if (ntok == 2)
   2228  1.1     skrll     basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   2229  1.1     skrll   else
   2230  1.5  christos     basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   2231  1.3  christos 
   2232  1.1     skrll   if (tok[1].X_op != O_constant || !range_signed_16 (tok[1].X_add_number))
   2233  1.1     skrll     {
   2234  1.1     skrll       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2235  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2236  1.1     skrll 
   2237  1.1     skrll       lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1],
   2238  1.1     skrll 				&basereg, &newtok[1], (const char *) opname);
   2239  1.1     skrll     }
   2240  1.1     skrll   else
   2241  1.1     skrll     {
   2242  1.1     skrll       newtok[1] = tok[1];
   2243  1.1     skrll       lituse = 0;
   2244  1.1     skrll     }
   2245  1.1     skrll 
   2246  1.3  christos   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2247  1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   2248  1.1     skrll 
   2249  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens_to_insn ((const char *) opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
   2250  1.1     skrll 
   2251  1.1     skrll   if (lituse)
   2252  1.1     skrll     {
   2253  1.1     skrll       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2254  1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2255  1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2256  1.1     skrll       insn.nfixups++;
   2257  1.1     skrll       insn.sequence = lituse;
   2258  1.1     skrll     }
   2259  1.1     skrll 
   2260  1.1     skrll   emit_insn (&insn);
   2261  1.1     skrll }
   2262  1.1     skrll 
   2263  1.1     skrll /* Load a half-word or byte as an unsigned value.  */
   2264  1.1     skrll 
   2265  1.1     skrll static void
   2266  1.1     skrll emit_ldXu (const expressionS *tok,
   2267  1.1     skrll 	   int ntok,
   2268  1.1     skrll 	   const void * vlgsize)
   2269  1.1     skrll {
   2270  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
   2271  1.1     skrll     emit_ir_load (tok, ntok, ldXu_op[(long) vlgsize]);
   2272  1.1     skrll   else
   2273  1.1     skrll     {
   2274  1.1     skrll       expressionS newtok[3];
   2275  1.1     skrll       struct alpha_insn insn;
   2276  1.1     skrll       int basereg;
   2277  1.1     skrll       long lituse;
   2278  1.1     skrll 
   2279  1.1     skrll       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2280  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2281  1.1     skrll 
   2282  1.3  christos       if (ntok == 2)
   2283  1.1     skrll 	basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant
   2284  1.1     skrll 		   ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   2285  1.1     skrll       else
   2286  1.1     skrll 	basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   2287  1.1     skrll 
   2288  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "lda $at, exp".  */
   2289  1.1     skrll       lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
   2290  1.1     skrll 
   2291  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "ldq_u targ, 0($at)".  */
   2292  1.3  christos       newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2293  1.1     skrll       set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2294  1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   2295  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
   2296  1.1     skrll 
   2297  1.1     skrll       if (lituse)
   2298  1.1     skrll 	{
   2299  1.1     skrll 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2300  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2301  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2302  1.1     skrll 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2303  1.1     skrll 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2304  1.1     skrll 	}
   2305  1.1     skrll 
   2306  1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   2307  1.1     skrll 
   2308  1.3  christos       /* Emit "extXl targ, $at, targ".  */
   2309  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
   2310  1.1     skrll       newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2311  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn (extXl_op[(long) vlgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
   2312  1.1     skrll 
   2313  1.1     skrll       if (lituse)
   2314  1.1     skrll 	{
   2315  1.1     skrll 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2316  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
   2317  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2318  1.1     skrll 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2319  1.1     skrll 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2320  1.1     skrll 	}
   2321  1.1     skrll 
   2322  1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   2323  1.1     skrll     }
   2324  1.1     skrll }
   2325  1.1     skrll 
   2326  1.1     skrll /* Load a half-word or byte as a signed value.  */
   2327  1.1     skrll 
   2328  1.1     skrll static void
   2329  1.1     skrll emit_ldX (const expressionS *tok,
   2330  1.1     skrll 	  int ntok,
   2331  1.1     skrll 	  const void * vlgsize)
   2332  1.1     skrll {
   2333  1.1     skrll   emit_ldXu (tok, ntok, vlgsize);
   2334  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (sextX_op[(long) vlgsize], tok, 1, 1);
   2335  1.1     skrll }
   2336  1.1     skrll 
   2337  1.1     skrll /* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as an unsigned
   2338  1.1     skrll    value.  */
   2339  1.1     skrll 
   2340  1.1     skrll static void
   2341  1.1     skrll emit_uldXu (const expressionS *tok,
   2342  1.1     skrll 	    int ntok,
   2343  1.1     skrll 	    const void * vlgsize)
   2344  1.1     skrll {
   2345  1.1     skrll   long lgsize = (long) vlgsize;
   2346  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2347  1.1     skrll 
   2348  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_noat_on)
   2349  1.1     skrll     as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2350  1.1     skrll 
   2351  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "lda $at, exp".  */
   2352  1.1     skrll   memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
   2353  1.1     skrll   newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
   2354  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
   2355  1.1     skrll 
   2356  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)".  */
   2357  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2358  1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2359  1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
   2360  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2361  1.1     skrll 
   2362  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "ldq_u $t10, size-1($at)".  */
   2363  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2364  1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
   2365  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2366  1.1     skrll 
   2367  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "extXl $t9, $at, $t9".  */
   2368  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2369  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2370  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9);
   2371  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (extXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
   2372  1.1     skrll 
   2373  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "extXh $t10, $at, $t10".  */
   2374  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2375  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10);
   2376  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (extXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
   2377  1.1     skrll 
   2378  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "or $t9, $t10, targ".  */
   2379  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2380  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
   2381  1.1     skrll   newtok[2] = tok[0];
   2382  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
   2383  1.1     skrll }
   2384  1.1     skrll 
   2385  1.1     skrll /* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as a signed value.
   2386  1.1     skrll    Note that quads should get funneled to the unsigned load since we
   2387  1.1     skrll    don't have to do the sign extension.  */
   2388  1.1     skrll 
   2389  1.1     skrll static void
   2390  1.1     skrll emit_uldX (const expressionS *tok,
   2391  1.1     skrll 	   int ntok,
   2392  1.1     skrll 	   const void * vlgsize)
   2393  1.1     skrll {
   2394  1.1     skrll   emit_uldXu (tok, ntok, vlgsize);
   2395  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (sextX_op[(long) vlgsize], tok, 1, 1);
   2396  1.1     skrll }
   2397  1.1     skrll 
   2398  1.1     skrll /* Implement the ldil macro.  */
   2399  1.1     skrll 
   2400  1.1     skrll static void
   2401  1.1     skrll emit_ldil (const expressionS *tok,
   2402  1.1     skrll 	   int ntok,
   2403  1.1     skrll 	   const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   2404  1.1     skrll {
   2405  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[2];
   2406  1.1     skrll 
   2407  1.1     skrll   memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (newtok));
   2408  1.1     skrll   newtok[1].X_add_number = sign_extend_32 (tok[1].X_add_number);
   2409  1.1     skrll 
   2410  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
   2411  1.1     skrll }
   2412  1.1     skrll 
   2413  1.1     skrll /* Store a half-word or byte.  */
   2414  1.1     skrll 
   2415  1.1     skrll static void
   2416  1.1     skrll emit_stX (const expressionS *tok,
   2417  1.1     skrll 	  int ntok,
   2418  1.1     skrll 	  const void * vlgsize)
   2419  1.1     skrll {
   2420  1.1     skrll   int lgsize = (int) (long) vlgsize;
   2421  1.1     skrll 
   2422  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
   2423  1.1     skrll     emit_loadstore (tok, ntok, stX_op[lgsize]);
   2424  1.1     skrll   else
   2425  1.1     skrll     {
   2426  1.1     skrll       expressionS newtok[3];
   2427  1.1     skrll       struct alpha_insn insn;
   2428  1.1     skrll       int basereg;
   2429  1.1     skrll       long lituse;
   2430  1.1     skrll 
   2431  1.1     skrll       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2432  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2433  1.1     skrll 
   2434  1.3  christos       if (ntok == 2)
   2435  1.1     skrll 	basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant
   2436  1.1     skrll 		   ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   2437  1.1     skrll       else
   2438  1.1     skrll 	basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   2439  1.1     skrll 
   2440  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "lda $at, exp".  */
   2441  1.1     skrll       lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
   2442  1.1     skrll 
   2443  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)".  */
   2444  1.3  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2445  1.1     skrll       set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2446  1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   2447  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
   2448  1.1     skrll 
   2449  1.1     skrll       if (lituse)
   2450  1.1     skrll 	{
   2451  1.1     skrll 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2452  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2453  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2454  1.1     skrll 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2455  1.1     skrll 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2456  1.1     skrll 	}
   2457  1.1     skrll 
   2458  1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   2459  1.1     skrll 
   2460  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "insXl src, $at, $t10".  */
   2461  1.3  christos       newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2462  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
   2463  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10);
   2464  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn (insXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
   2465  1.1     skrll 
   2466  1.1     skrll       if (lituse)
   2467  1.1     skrll 	{
   2468  1.1     skrll 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2469  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
   2470  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2471  1.1     skrll 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2472  1.1     skrll 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2473  1.1     skrll 	}
   2474  1.1     skrll 
   2475  1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   2476  1.1     skrll 
   2477  1.3  christos       /* Emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9".  */
   2478  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2479  1.1     skrll       newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2480  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn (mskXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
   2481  1.1     skrll 
   2482  1.1     skrll       if (lituse)
   2483  1.1     skrll 	{
   2484  1.1     skrll 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2485  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
   2486  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2487  1.1     skrll 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2488  1.1     skrll 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2489  1.1     skrll 	}
   2490  1.1     skrll 
   2491  1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   2492  1.1     skrll 
   2493  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "or $t9, $t10, $t9".  */
   2494  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
   2495  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
   2496  1.1     skrll 
   2497  1.3  christos       /* Emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at).  */
   2498  1.1     skrll       set_tok_const(newtok[1], 0);
   2499  1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
   2500  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("stq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
   2501  1.1     skrll 
   2502  1.1     skrll       if (lituse)
   2503  1.1     skrll 	{
   2504  1.1     skrll 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2505  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2506  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2507  1.1     skrll 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2508  1.1     skrll 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2509  1.1     skrll 	}
   2510  1.1     skrll 
   2511  1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   2512  1.1     skrll     }
   2513  1.1     skrll }
   2514  1.1     skrll 
   2515  1.1     skrll /* Store an integer to an unaligned address.  */
   2516  1.1     skrll 
   2517  1.1     skrll static void
   2518  1.1     skrll emit_ustX (const expressionS *tok,
   2519  1.1     skrll 	   int ntok,
   2520  1.1     skrll 	   const void * vlgsize)
   2521  1.1     skrll {
   2522  1.1     skrll   int lgsize = (int) (long) vlgsize;
   2523  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2524  1.1     skrll 
   2525  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "lda $at, exp".  */
   2526  1.1     skrll   memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
   2527  1.1     skrll   newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
   2528  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
   2529  1.1     skrll 
   2530  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "ldq_u $9, 0($at)".  */
   2531  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2532  1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2533  1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
   2534  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2535  1.1     skrll 
   2536  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "ldq_u $10, size-1($at)".  */
   2537  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2538  1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
   2539  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2540  1.1     skrll 
   2541  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "insXl src, $at, $t11".  */
   2542  1.1     skrll   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2543  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2544  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T11);
   2545  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (insXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
   2546  1.1     skrll 
   2547  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "insXh src, $at, $t12".  */
   2548  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T12);
   2549  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (insXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
   2550  1.1     skrll 
   2551  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9".  */
   2552  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2553  1.1     skrll   newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2554  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (mskXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
   2555  1.1     skrll 
   2556  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "mskXh $t10, $at, $t10".  */
   2557  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2558  1.1     skrll   newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2559  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (mskXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
   2560  1.1     skrll 
   2561  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "or $t9, $t11, $t9".  */
   2562  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2563  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
   2564  1.1     skrll   newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2565  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
   2566  1.1     skrll 
   2567  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "or $t10, $t12, $t10".  */
   2568  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2569  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T12);
   2570  1.1     skrll   newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2571  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
   2572  1.1     skrll 
   2573  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "stq_u $t10, size-1($at)".  */
   2574  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2575  1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
   2576  1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
   2577  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2578  1.1     skrll 
   2579  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at)".  */
   2580  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2581  1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2582  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2583  1.1     skrll }
   2584  1.1     skrll 
   2585  1.1     skrll /* Sign extend a half-word or byte.  The 32-bit sign extend is
   2586  1.1     skrll    implemented as "addl $31, $r, $t" in the opcode table.  */
   2587  1.1     skrll 
   2588  1.1     skrll static void
   2589  1.1     skrll emit_sextX (const expressionS *tok,
   2590  1.1     skrll 	    int ntok,
   2591  1.1     skrll 	    const void * vlgsize)
   2592  1.1     skrll {
   2593  1.1     skrll   long lgsize = (long) vlgsize;
   2594  1.1     skrll 
   2595  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
   2596  1.1     skrll     assemble_tokens (sextX_op[lgsize], tok, ntok, 0);
   2597  1.1     skrll   else
   2598  1.1     skrll     {
   2599  1.1     skrll       int bitshift = 64 - 8 * (1 << lgsize);
   2600  1.1     skrll       expressionS newtok[3];
   2601  1.1     skrll 
   2602  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "sll src,bits,dst".  */
   2603  1.1     skrll       newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2604  1.1     skrll       set_tok_const (newtok[1], bitshift);
   2605  1.1     skrll       newtok[2] = tok[ntok - 1];
   2606  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("sll", newtok, 3, 1);
   2607  1.1     skrll 
   2608  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "sra dst,bits,dst".  */
   2609  1.1     skrll       newtok[0] = newtok[2];
   2610  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("sra", newtok, 3, 1);
   2611  1.1     skrll     }
   2612  1.1     skrll }
   2613  1.1     skrll 
   2614  1.1     skrll /* Implement the division and modulus macros.  */
   2615  1.1     skrll 
   2616  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   2617  1.1     skrll 
   2618  1.1     skrll /* Make register usage like in normal procedure call.
   2619  1.1     skrll    Don't clobber PV and RA.  */
   2620  1.1     skrll 
   2621  1.1     skrll static void
   2622  1.1     skrll emit_division (const expressionS *tok,
   2623  1.1     skrll 	       int ntok,
   2624  1.1     skrll 	       const void * symname)
   2625  1.1     skrll {
   2626  1.1     skrll   /* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech.
   2627  1.1     skrll 
   2628  1.1     skrll      Convert
   2629  1.1     skrll         OP x,y,result
   2630  1.1     skrll      to
   2631  1.1     skrll         mov x,R16	# if x != R16
   2632  1.1     skrll         mov y,R17	# if y != R17
   2633  1.1     skrll         lda AT,__OP
   2634  1.1     skrll         jsr AT,(AT),0
   2635  1.1     skrll         mov R0,result
   2636  1.1     skrll 
   2637  1.1     skrll      with appropriate optimizations if R0,R16,R17 are the registers
   2638  1.1     skrll      specified by the compiler.  */
   2639  1.1     skrll 
   2640  1.1     skrll   int xr, yr, rr;
   2641  1.1     skrll   symbolS *sym;
   2642  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2643  1.1     skrll 
   2644  1.1     skrll   xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number);
   2645  1.1     skrll   yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number);
   2646  1.1     skrll 
   2647  1.1     skrll   if (ntok < 3)
   2648  1.1     skrll     rr = xr;
   2649  1.1     skrll   else
   2650  1.1     skrll     rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number);
   2651  1.1     skrll 
   2652  1.1     skrll   /* Move the operands into the right place.  */
   2653  1.1     skrll   if (yr == AXP_REG_R16 && xr == AXP_REG_R17)
   2654  1.1     skrll     {
   2655  1.1     skrll       /* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT.  */
   2656  1.1     skrll       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2657  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2658  1.1     skrll 
   2659  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16);
   2660  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2661  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2662  1.1     skrll 
   2663  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R17);
   2664  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16);
   2665  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2666  1.1     skrll 
   2667  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   2668  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
   2669  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2670  1.1     skrll     }
   2671  1.1     skrll   else
   2672  1.1     skrll     {
   2673  1.1     skrll       if (yr == AXP_REG_R16)
   2674  1.1     skrll 	{
   2675  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16);
   2676  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
   2677  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2678  1.1     skrll 	}
   2679  1.1     skrll 
   2680  1.1     skrll       if (xr != AXP_REG_R16)
   2681  1.1     skrll 	{
   2682  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr);
   2683  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16);
   2684  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2685  1.1     skrll 	}
   2686  1.1     skrll 
   2687  1.1     skrll       if (yr != AXP_REG_R16 && yr != AXP_REG_R17)
   2688  1.1     skrll 	{
   2689  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr);
   2690  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
   2691  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2692  1.1     skrll 	}
   2693  1.1     skrll     }
   2694  1.1     skrll 
   2695  1.1     skrll   sym = symbol_find_or_make ((const char *) symname);
   2696  1.1     skrll 
   2697  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   2698  1.1     skrll   set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0);
   2699  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 2, 1);
   2700  1.1     skrll 
   2701  1.1     skrll   /* Call the division routine.  */
   2702  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   2703  1.1     skrll   set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2704  1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0);
   2705  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 3, 1);
   2706  1.1     skrll 
   2707  1.1     skrll   /* Move the result to the right place.  */
   2708  1.1     skrll   if (rr != AXP_REG_R0)
   2709  1.1     skrll     {
   2710  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R0);
   2711  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr);
   2712  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2713  1.1     skrll     }
   2714  1.1     skrll }
   2715  1.1     skrll 
   2716  1.1     skrll #else /* !OBJ_EVAX */
   2717  1.1     skrll 
   2718  1.1     skrll static void
   2719  1.1     skrll emit_division (const expressionS *tok,
   2720  1.1     skrll 	       int ntok,
   2721  1.1     skrll 	       const void * symname)
   2722  1.1     skrll {
   2723  1.1     skrll   /* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech.
   2724  1.1     skrll      Convert
   2725  1.1     skrll         OP x,y,result
   2726  1.1     skrll      to
   2727  1.1     skrll         lda pv,__OP
   2728  1.1     skrll         mov x,t10
   2729  1.1     skrll         mov y,t11
   2730  1.1     skrll         jsr t9,(pv),__OP
   2731  1.1     skrll         mov t12,result
   2732  1.1     skrll 
   2733  1.1     skrll      with appropriate optimizations if t10,t11,t12 are the registers
   2734  1.1     skrll      specified by the compiler.  */
   2735  1.1     skrll 
   2736  1.1     skrll   int xr, yr, rr;
   2737  1.1     skrll   symbolS *sym;
   2738  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2739  1.1     skrll 
   2740  1.1     skrll   xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number);
   2741  1.1     skrll   yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number);
   2742  1.1     skrll 
   2743  1.1     skrll   if (ntok < 3)
   2744  1.1     skrll     rr = xr;
   2745  1.1     skrll   else
   2746  1.1     skrll     rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number);
   2747  1.1     skrll 
   2748  1.1     skrll   sym = symbol_find_or_make ((const char *) symname);
   2749  1.1     skrll 
   2750  1.1     skrll   /* Move the operands into the right place.  */
   2751  1.1     skrll   if (yr == AXP_REG_T10 && xr == AXP_REG_T11)
   2752  1.1     skrll     {
   2753  1.1     skrll       /* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT.  */
   2754  1.1     skrll       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2755  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2756  1.1     skrll 
   2757  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2758  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2759  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2760  1.1     skrll 
   2761  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T11);
   2762  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
   2763  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2764  1.1     skrll 
   2765  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   2766  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
   2767  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2768  1.1     skrll     }
   2769  1.1     skrll   else
   2770  1.1     skrll     {
   2771  1.1     skrll       if (yr == AXP_REG_T10)
   2772  1.1     skrll 	{
   2773  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2774  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
   2775  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2776  1.1     skrll 	}
   2777  1.1     skrll 
   2778  1.1     skrll       if (xr != AXP_REG_T10)
   2779  1.1     skrll 	{
   2780  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr);
   2781  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
   2782  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2783  1.1     skrll 	}
   2784  1.1     skrll 
   2785  1.1     skrll       if (yr != AXP_REG_T10 && yr != AXP_REG_T11)
   2786  1.1     skrll 	{
   2787  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr);
   2788  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
   2789  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2790  1.1     skrll 	}
   2791  1.1     skrll     }
   2792  1.1     skrll 
   2793  1.1     skrll   /* Call the division routine.  */
   2794  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2795  1.1     skrll   set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0);
   2796  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 2, 1);
   2797  1.1     skrll 
   2798  1.1     skrll   /* Reload the GP register.  */
   2799  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
   2800  1.1     skrll FIXME
   2801  1.1     skrll #endif
   2802  1.1     skrll #if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF)
   2803  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], alpha_gp_register);
   2804  1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2805  1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9);
   2806  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("ldgp", newtok, 3, 1);
   2807  1.1     skrll #endif
   2808  1.1     skrll 
   2809  1.1     skrll   /* Move the result to the right place.  */
   2810  1.1     skrll   if (rr != AXP_REG_T12)
   2811  1.1     skrll     {
   2812  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T12);
   2813  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr);
   2814  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2815  1.1     skrll     }
   2816  1.1     skrll }
   2817  1.1     skrll 
   2818  1.1     skrll #endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */
   2819  1.1     skrll 
   2820  1.1     skrll /* The jsr and jmp macros differ from their instruction counterparts
   2821  1.1     skrll    in that they can load the target address and default most
   2822  1.1     skrll    everything.  */
   2823  1.1     skrll 
   2824  1.1     skrll static void
   2825  1.1     skrll emit_jsrjmp (const expressionS *tok,
   2826  1.1     skrll 	     int ntok,
   2827  1.1     skrll 	     const void * vopname)
   2828  1.1     skrll {
   2829  1.1     skrll   const char *opname = (const char *) vopname;
   2830  1.1     skrll   struct alpha_insn insn;
   2831  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2832  1.1     skrll   int r, tokidx = 0;
   2833  1.1     skrll   long lituse = 0;
   2834  1.1     skrll 
   2835  1.1     skrll   if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register)
   2836  1.1     skrll     r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
   2837  1.1     skrll   else
   2838  1.1     skrll     r = strcmp (opname, "jmp") == 0 ? AXP_REG_ZERO : AXP_REG_RA;
   2839  1.1     skrll 
   2840  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r);
   2841  1.1     skrll 
   2842  1.1     skrll   if (tokidx < ntok &&
   2843  1.1     skrll       (tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister))
   2844  1.3  christos     r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
   2845  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   2846  1.1     skrll   /* Keep register if jsr $n.<sym>.  */
   2847  1.1     skrll #else
   2848  1.1     skrll   else
   2849  1.1     skrll     {
   2850  1.1     skrll       int basereg = alpha_gp_register;
   2851  1.3  christos       lituse = load_expression (r = AXP_REG_PV, &tok[tokidx],
   2852  1.1     skrll 				&basereg, NULL, opname);
   2853  1.1     skrll     }
   2854  1.1     skrll #endif
   2855  1.1     skrll 
   2856  1.1     skrll   set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r);
   2857  1.1     skrll 
   2858  1.1     skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
   2859  1.1     skrll   if (tokidx < ntok)
   2860  1.1     skrll     newtok[2] = tok[tokidx];
   2861  1.1     skrll   else
   2862  1.3  christos #endif
   2863  1.1     skrll     set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0);
   2864  1.1     skrll 
   2865  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens_to_insn (opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
   2866  1.1     skrll 
   2867  1.1     skrll   if (lituse)
   2868  1.1     skrll     {
   2869  1.3  christos       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2870  1.3  christos       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR;
   2871  1.3  christos       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2872  1.3  christos       insn.nfixups++;
   2873  1.3  christos       insn.sequence = lituse;
   2874  1.3  christos     }
   2875  1.3  christos 
   2876  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   2877  1.3  christos   if (alpha_flag_replace
   2878  1.3  christos       && r == AXP_REG_RA
   2879  1.3  christos       && tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol
   2880  1.3  christos       && alpha_linkage_symbol)
   2881  1.6  christos     {
   2882  1.3  christos       /* Create a BOH reloc for 'jsr $27,NAME'.  */
   2883  1.3  christos       const char *symname = S_GET_NAME (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol);
   2884  1.3  christos       int symlen = strlen (symname);
   2885  1.3  christos       char *ensymname;
   2886  1.3  christos 
   2887  1.3  christos       /* Build the entry name as 'NAME..en'.  */
   2888  1.3  christos       ensymname = XNEWVEC (char, symlen + 5);
   2889  1.3  christos       memcpy (ensymname, symname, symlen);
   2890  1.3  christos       memcpy (ensymname + symlen, "..en", 5);
   2891  1.3  christos 
   2892  1.3  christos       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2893  1.3  christos       if (insn.nfixups > 0)
   2894  1.3  christos 	{
   2895  1.3  christos 	  memmove (&insn.fixups[1], &insn.fixups[0],
   2896  1.3  christos 		   sizeof(struct alpha_fixup) * insn.nfixups);
   2897  1.3  christos 	}
   2898  1.3  christos 
   2899  1.3  christos       /* The fixup must be the same as the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP
   2900  1.3  christos 	 case in load_expression.  See B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS
   2901  1.3  christos 	 Linker Utility Manual.  */
   2902  1.3  christos       insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH;
   2903  1.6  christos       insn.fixups[0].exp.X_op = O_symbol;
   2904  1.3  christos       insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (ensymname);
   2905  1.3  christos       insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_number = 0;
   2906  1.3  christos       insn.fixups[0].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
   2907  1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[0].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   2908  1.1     skrll       insn.nfixups++;
   2909  1.1     skrll       alpha_linkage_symbol = 0;
   2910  1.1     skrll       free (ensymname);
   2911  1.1     skrll     }
   2912  1.1     skrll #endif
   2913  1.1     skrll 
   2914  1.1     skrll   emit_insn (&insn);
   2915  1.1     skrll }
   2916  1.1     skrll 
   2917  1.1     skrll /* The ret and jcr instructions differ from their instruction
   2918  1.1     skrll    counterparts in that everything can be defaulted.  */
   2919  1.1     skrll 
   2920  1.1     skrll static void
   2921  1.1     skrll emit_retjcr (const expressionS *tok,
   2922  1.1     skrll 	     int ntok,
   2923  1.1     skrll 	     const void * vopname)
   2924  1.1     skrll {
   2925  1.1     skrll   const char *opname = (const char *) vopname;
   2926  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2927  1.1     skrll   int r, tokidx = 0;
   2928  1.1     skrll 
   2929  1.1     skrll   if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register)
   2930  1.1     skrll     r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
   2931  1.1     skrll   else
   2932  1.1     skrll     r = AXP_REG_ZERO;
   2933  1.1     skrll 
   2934  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r);
   2935  1.1     skrll 
   2936  1.1     skrll   if (tokidx < ntok &&
   2937  1.1     skrll       (tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister))
   2938  1.1     skrll     r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
   2939  1.1     skrll   else
   2940  1.1     skrll     r = AXP_REG_RA;
   2941  1.1     skrll 
   2942  1.1     skrll   set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r);
   2943  1.1     skrll 
   2944  1.1     skrll   if (tokidx < ntok)
   2945  1.1     skrll     newtok[2] = tok[tokidx];
   2946  1.1     skrll   else
   2947  1.1     skrll     set_tok_const (newtok[2], strcmp (opname, "ret") == 0);
   2948  1.3  christos 
   2949  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (opname, newtok, 3, 0);
   2950  1.1     skrll }
   2951  1.1     skrll 
   2952  1.1     skrll /* Implement the ldgp macro.  */
   2953  1.1     skrll 
   2954  1.1     skrll static void
   2955  1.1     skrll emit_ldgp (const expressionS *tok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2956  1.1     skrll 	   int ntok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2957  1.1     skrll 	   const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   2958  1.1     skrll {
   2959  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
   2960  1.1     skrll FIXME
   2961  1.1     skrll #endif
   2962  1.1     skrll #if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF)
   2963  1.1     skrll   /* from "ldgp r1,n(r2)", generate "ldah r1,X(R2); lda r1,Y(r1)"
   2964  1.1     skrll      with appropriate constants and relocations.  */
   2965  1.1     skrll   struct alpha_insn insn;
   2966  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2967  1.1     skrll   expressionS addend;
   2968  1.1     skrll 
   2969  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   2970  1.1     skrll   if (regno (tok[2].X_add_number) == AXP_REG_PV)
   2971  1.1     skrll     ecoff_set_gp_prolog_size (0);
   2972  1.1     skrll #endif
   2973  1.1     skrll 
   2974  1.1     skrll   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2975  1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2976  1.1     skrll   newtok[2] = tok[2];
   2977  1.1     skrll 
   2978  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldah", newtok, 3, &insn);
   2979  1.1     skrll 
   2980  1.1     skrll   addend = tok[1];
   2981  1.1     skrll 
   2982  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   2983  1.1     skrll   if (addend.X_op != O_constant)
   2984  1.1     skrll     as_bad (_("can not resolve expression"));
   2985  1.1     skrll   addend.X_op = O_symbol;
   2986  1.1     skrll   addend.X_add_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol;
   2987  1.1     skrll #endif
   2988  1.1     skrll 
   2989  1.1     skrll   insn.nfixups = 1;
   2990  1.1     skrll   insn.fixups[0].exp = addend;
   2991  1.1     skrll   insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16;
   2992  1.1     skrll   insn.sequence = next_sequence_num;
   2993  1.1     skrll 
   2994  1.1     skrll   emit_insn (&insn);
   2995  1.1     skrll 
   2996  1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], tok[0].X_add_number);
   2997  1.1     skrll 
   2998  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn);
   2999  1.1     skrll 
   3000  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   3001  1.1     skrll   addend.X_add_number += 4;
   3002  1.1     skrll #endif
   3003  1.1     skrll 
   3004  1.1     skrll   insn.nfixups = 1;
   3005  1.1     skrll   insn.fixups[0].exp = addend;
   3006  1.1     skrll   insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16;
   3007  1.1     skrll   insn.sequence = next_sequence_num--;
   3008  1.1     skrll 
   3009  1.1     skrll   emit_insn (&insn);
   3010  1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF || OBJ_ELF */
   3011  1.1     skrll }
   3012  1.1     skrll 
   3013  1.1     skrll /* The macro table.  */
   3014  1.1     skrll 
   3015  1.1     skrll static const struct alpha_macro alpha_macros[] =
   3016  1.1     skrll {
   3017  1.1     skrll /* Load/Store macros.  */
   3018  1.1     skrll   { "lda",	emit_lda, NULL,
   3019  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3020  1.1     skrll   { "ldah",	emit_ldah, NULL,
   3021  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3022  1.1     skrll 
   3023  1.1     skrll   { "ldl",	emit_ir_load, "ldl",
   3024  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3025  1.1     skrll   { "ldl_l",	emit_ir_load, "ldl_l",
   3026  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3027  1.1     skrll   { "ldq",	emit_ir_load, "ldq",
   3028  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3029  1.1     skrll   { "ldq_l",	emit_ir_load, "ldq_l",
   3030  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3031  1.1     skrll   { "ldq_u",	emit_ir_load, "ldq_u",
   3032  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3033  1.1     skrll   { "ldf",	emit_loadstore, "ldf",
   3034  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3035  1.1     skrll   { "ldg",	emit_loadstore, "ldg",
   3036  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3037  1.1     skrll   { "lds",	emit_loadstore, "lds",
   3038  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3039  1.1     skrll   { "ldt",	emit_loadstore, "ldt",
   3040  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3041  1.1     skrll 
   3042  1.1     skrll   { "ldb",	emit_ldX, (void *) 0,
   3043  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3044  1.1     skrll   { "ldbu",	emit_ldXu, (void *) 0,
   3045  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3046  1.1     skrll   { "ldw",	emit_ldX, (void *) 1,
   3047  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3048  1.1     skrll   { "ldwu",	emit_ldXu, (void *) 1,
   3049  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3050  1.1     skrll 
   3051  1.1     skrll   { "uldw",	emit_uldX, (void *) 1,
   3052  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3053  1.1     skrll   { "uldwu",	emit_uldXu, (void *) 1,
   3054  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3055  1.1     skrll   { "uldl",	emit_uldX, (void *) 2,
   3056  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3057  1.1     skrll   { "uldlu",	emit_uldXu, (void *) 2,
   3058  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3059  1.1     skrll   { "uldq",	emit_uldXu, (void *) 3,
   3060  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3061  1.1     skrll 
   3062  1.1     skrll   { "ldgp",	emit_ldgp, NULL,
   3063  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3064  1.1     skrll 
   3065  1.1     skrll   { "ldi",	emit_lda, NULL,
   3066  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3067  1.1     skrll   { "ldil",	emit_ldil, NULL,
   3068  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3069  1.1     skrll   { "ldiq",	emit_lda, NULL,
   3070  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3071  1.1     skrll 
   3072  1.1     skrll   { "stl",	emit_loadstore, "stl",
   3073  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3074  1.1     skrll   { "stl_c",	emit_loadstore, "stl_c",
   3075  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3076  1.1     skrll   { "stq",	emit_loadstore, "stq",
   3077  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3078  1.1     skrll   { "stq_c",	emit_loadstore, "stq_c",
   3079  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3080  1.1     skrll   { "stq_u",	emit_loadstore, "stq_u",
   3081  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3082  1.1     skrll   { "stf",	emit_loadstore, "stf",
   3083  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3084  1.1     skrll   { "stg",	emit_loadstore, "stg",
   3085  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3086  1.1     skrll   { "sts",	emit_loadstore, "sts",
   3087  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3088  1.1     skrll   { "stt",	emit_loadstore, "stt",
   3089  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3090  1.1     skrll 
   3091  1.1     skrll   { "stb",	emit_stX, (void *) 0,
   3092  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3093  1.1     skrll   { "stw",	emit_stX, (void *) 1,
   3094  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3095  1.1     skrll   { "ustw",	emit_ustX, (void *) 1,
   3096  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3097  1.1     skrll   { "ustl",	emit_ustX, (void *) 2,
   3098  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3099  1.1     skrll   { "ustq",	emit_ustX, (void *) 3,
   3100  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3101  1.1     skrll 
   3102  1.1     skrll /* Arithmetic macros.  */
   3103  1.1     skrll 
   3104  1.1     skrll   { "sextb",	emit_sextX, (void *) 0,
   3105  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3106  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3107  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3108  1.1     skrll   { "sextw",	emit_sextX, (void *) 1,
   3109  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3110  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3111  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3112  1.1     skrll 
   3113  1.1     skrll   { "divl",	emit_division, "__divl",
   3114  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3115  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3116  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3117  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3118  1.1     skrll   { "divlu",	emit_division, "__divlu",
   3119  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3120  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3121  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3122  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3123  1.1     skrll   { "divq",	emit_division, "__divq",
   3124  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3125  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3126  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3127  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3128  1.1     skrll   { "divqu",	emit_division, "__divqu",
   3129  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3130  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3131  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3132  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3133  1.1     skrll   { "reml",	emit_division, "__reml",
   3134  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3135  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3136  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3137  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3138  1.1     skrll   { "remlu",	emit_division, "__remlu",
   3139  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3140  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3141  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3142  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3143  1.1     skrll   { "remq",	emit_division, "__remq",
   3144  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3145  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3146  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3147  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3148  1.1     skrll   { "remqu",	emit_division, "__remqu",
   3149  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3150  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3151  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3152  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3153  1.1     skrll 
   3154  1.1     skrll   { "jsr",	emit_jsrjmp, "jsr",
   3155  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3156  1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3157  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3158  1.1     skrll       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3159  1.1     skrll   { "jmp",	emit_jsrjmp, "jmp",
   3160  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3161  1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3162  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3163  1.1     skrll       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3164  1.1     skrll   { "ret",	emit_retjcr, "ret",
   3165  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3166  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3167  1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3168  1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3169  1.1     skrll       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3170  1.1     skrll       MACRO_EOA } },
   3171  1.1     skrll   { "jcr",	emit_retjcr, "jcr",
   3172  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3173  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EOA,
   3174  1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3175  1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3176  1.1     skrll       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3177  1.1     skrll       MACRO_EOA } },
   3178  1.1     skrll   { "jsr_coroutine",	emit_retjcr, "jcr",
   3179  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3180  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EOA,
   3181  1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3182  1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3183  1.1     skrll       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3184  1.1     skrll       MACRO_EOA } },
   3185  1.1     skrll };
   3186  1.1     skrll 
   3187  1.1     skrll static const unsigned int alpha_num_macros
   3188  1.1     skrll   = sizeof (alpha_macros) / sizeof (*alpha_macros);
   3189  1.1     skrll 
   3190  1.1     skrll /* Search forward through all variants of a macro looking for a syntax
   3191  1.1     skrll    match.  */
   3192  1.1     skrll 
   3193  1.1     skrll static const struct alpha_macro *
   3194  1.1     skrll find_macro_match (const struct alpha_macro *first_macro,
   3195  1.1     skrll 		  const expressionS *tok,
   3196  1.1     skrll 		  int *pntok)
   3197  1.1     skrll 
   3198  1.1     skrll {
   3199  1.1     skrll   const struct alpha_macro *macro = first_macro;
   3200  1.1     skrll   int ntok = *pntok;
   3201  1.1     skrll 
   3202  1.1     skrll   do
   3203  1.1     skrll     {
   3204  1.1     skrll       const enum alpha_macro_arg *arg = macro->argsets;
   3205  1.1     skrll       int tokidx = 0;
   3206  1.1     skrll 
   3207  1.1     skrll       while (*arg)
   3208  1.1     skrll 	{
   3209  1.1     skrll 	  switch (*arg)
   3210  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3211  1.1     skrll 	    case MACRO_EOA:
   3212  1.1     skrll 	      if (tokidx == ntok)
   3213  1.1     skrll 		return macro;
   3214  1.1     skrll 	      else
   3215  1.1     skrll 		tokidx = 0;
   3216  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3217  1.1     skrll 
   3218  1.1     skrll 	      /* Index register.  */
   3219  1.1     skrll 	    case MACRO_IR:
   3220  1.1     skrll 	      if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
   3221  1.1     skrll 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3222  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   3223  1.1     skrll 	      ++tokidx;
   3224  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3225  1.1     skrll 
   3226  1.1     skrll 	      /* Parenthesized index register.  */
   3227  1.1     skrll 	    case MACRO_PIR:
   3228  1.1     skrll 	      if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister
   3229  1.1     skrll 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3230  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   3231  1.1     skrll 	      ++tokidx;
   3232  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3233  1.1     skrll 
   3234  1.1     skrll 	      /* Optional parenthesized index register.  */
   3235  1.1     skrll 	    case MACRO_OPIR:
   3236  1.1     skrll 	      if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister
   3237  1.1     skrll 		  && is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3238  1.1     skrll 		++tokidx;
   3239  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3240  1.1     skrll 
   3241  1.1     skrll 	      /* Leading comma with a parenthesized index register.  */
   3242  1.1     skrll 	    case MACRO_CPIR:
   3243  1.1     skrll 	      if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister
   3244  1.1     skrll 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3245  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   3246  1.1     skrll 	      ++tokidx;
   3247  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3248  1.1     skrll 
   3249  1.1     skrll 	      /* Floating point register.  */
   3250  1.1     skrll 	    case MACRO_FPR:
   3251  1.1     skrll 	      if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
   3252  1.1     skrll 		  || !is_fpr_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3253  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   3254  1.1     skrll 	      ++tokidx;
   3255  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3256  1.1     skrll 
   3257  1.1     skrll 	      /* Normal expression.  */
   3258  1.1     skrll 	    case MACRO_EXP:
   3259  1.1     skrll 	      if (tokidx >= ntok)
   3260  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   3261  1.1     skrll 	      switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
   3262  1.1     skrll 		{
   3263  1.1     skrll 		case O_illegal:
   3264  1.1     skrll 		case O_absent:
   3265  1.1     skrll 		case O_register:
   3266  1.1     skrll 		case O_pregister:
   3267  1.1     skrll 		case O_cpregister:
   3268  1.1     skrll 		case O_literal:
   3269  1.1     skrll 		case O_lituse_base:
   3270  1.1     skrll 		case O_lituse_bytoff:
   3271  1.1     skrll 		case O_lituse_jsr:
   3272  1.1     skrll 		case O_gpdisp:
   3273  1.1     skrll 		case O_gprelhigh:
   3274  1.1     skrll 		case O_gprellow:
   3275  1.1     skrll 		case O_gprel:
   3276  1.1     skrll 		case O_samegp:
   3277  1.1     skrll 		  goto match_failed;
   3278  1.1     skrll 
   3279  1.1     skrll 		default:
   3280  1.1     skrll 		  break;
   3281  1.1     skrll 		}
   3282  1.1     skrll 	      ++tokidx;
   3283  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3284  1.1     skrll 
   3285  1.1     skrll 	    match_failed:
   3286  1.1     skrll 	      while (*arg != MACRO_EOA)
   3287  1.1     skrll 		++arg;
   3288  1.1     skrll 	      tokidx = 0;
   3289  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3290  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3291  1.1     skrll 	  ++arg;
   3292  1.1     skrll 	}
   3293  1.1     skrll     }
   3294  1.1     skrll   while (++macro - alpha_macros < (int) alpha_num_macros
   3295  1.1     skrll 	 && !strcmp (macro->name, first_macro->name));
   3296  1.1     skrll 
   3297  1.1     skrll   return NULL;
   3298  1.1     skrll }
   3299  1.1     skrll 
   3300  1.1     skrll /* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, take the
   3301  1.1     skrll    opcode all the way through emission.  */
   3302  1.1     skrll 
   3303  1.1     skrll static void
   3304  1.1     skrll assemble_tokens (const char *opname,
   3305  1.1     skrll 		 const expressionS *tok,
   3306  1.3  christos 		 int ntok,
   3307  1.1     skrll 		 int local_macros_on)
   3308  1.1     skrll {
   3309  1.1     skrll   int found_something = 0;
   3310  1.1     skrll   const struct alpha_opcode *opcode;
   3311  1.1     skrll   const struct alpha_macro *macro;
   3312  1.1     skrll   int cpumatch = 1;
   3313  1.1     skrll   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
   3314  1.1     skrll 
   3315  1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   3316  1.1     skrll   /* If a user-specified relocation is present, this is not a macro.  */
   3317  1.1     skrll   if (ntok && USER_RELOC_P (tok[ntok - 1].X_op))
   3318  1.1     skrll     {
   3319  1.9  christos       reloc = ALPHA_RELOC_TABLE (tok[ntok - 1].X_op)->reloc;
   3320  1.9  christos       ntok--;
   3321  1.1     skrll     }
   3322  1.1     skrll   else
   3323  1.1     skrll #endif
   3324  1.1     skrll   if (local_macros_on)
   3325  1.1     skrll     {
   3326  1.1     skrll       macro = (const struct alpha_macro *) str_hash_find (alpha_macro_hash,
   3327  1.1     skrll 							  opname);
   3328  1.1     skrll       if (macro)
   3329  1.1     skrll 	{
   3330  1.1     skrll 	  found_something = 1;
   3331  1.1     skrll 	  macro = find_macro_match (macro, tok, &ntok);
   3332  1.1     skrll 	  if (macro)
   3333  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3334  1.9  christos 	      (*macro->emit) (tok, ntok, macro->arg);
   3335  1.9  christos 	      return;
   3336  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3337  1.1     skrll 	}
   3338  1.1     skrll     }
   3339  1.1     skrll 
   3340  1.1     skrll   /* Search opcodes.  */
   3341  1.1     skrll   opcode = (const struct alpha_opcode *) str_hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash,
   3342  1.1     skrll 							opname);
   3343  1.1     skrll   if (opcode)
   3344  1.1     skrll     {
   3345  1.1     skrll       found_something = 1;
   3346  1.1     skrll       opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch);
   3347  1.1     skrll       if (opcode)
   3348  1.1     skrll 	{
   3349  1.1     skrll 	  struct alpha_insn insn;
   3350  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, &insn, reloc);
   3351  1.1     skrll 
   3352  1.1     skrll 	  /* Copy the sequence number for the reloc from the reloc token.  */
   3353  1.1     skrll 	  if (reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
   3354  1.1     skrll 	    insn.sequence = tok[ntok].X_add_number;
   3355  1.1     skrll 
   3356  1.1     skrll 	  emit_insn (&insn);
   3357  1.1     skrll 	  return;
   3358  1.1     skrll 	}
   3359  1.1     skrll     }
   3360  1.1     skrll 
   3361  1.1     skrll   if (found_something)
   3362  1.1     skrll     {
   3363  1.1     skrll       if (cpumatch)
   3364  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'"), opname);
   3365  1.1     skrll       else
   3366  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
   3367  1.1     skrll 		alpha_target_name);
   3368  1.4  christos     }
   3369  1.7  christos   else
   3370  1.1     skrll     as_bad (_("unknown opcode `%s'"), opname);
   3371  1.1     skrll }
   3372  1.1     skrll 
   3373  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   3375  1.1     skrll 
   3376  1.4  christos /* Add sym+addend to link pool.
   3377  1.1     skrll    Return offset from current procedure value (pv) to entry in link pool.
   3378  1.1     skrll 
   3379  1.1     skrll    Add new fixup only if offset isn't 16bit.  */
   3380  1.1     skrll 
   3381  1.1     skrll static symbolS *
   3382  1.3  christos add_to_link_pool (symbolS *sym, offsetT addend)
   3383  1.3  christos {
   3384  1.5  christos   symbolS *basesym;
   3385  1.4  christos   segT current_section = now_seg;
   3386  1.1     skrll   int current_subsec = now_subseg;
   3387  1.1     skrll   char *p;
   3388  1.1     skrll   segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (alpha_link_section);
   3389  1.1     skrll   fixS *fixp;
   3390  1.1     skrll   symbolS *linksym, *expsym;
   3391  1.1     skrll   expressionS e;
   3392  1.1     skrll 
   3393  1.1     skrll   basesym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   3394  1.3  christos 
   3395  1.1     skrll   /* @@ This assumes all entries in a given section will be of the same
   3396  1.3  christos      size...  Probably correct, but unwise to rely on.  */
   3397  1.3  christos   /* This must always be called with the same subsegment.  */
   3398  1.3  christos 
   3399  1.3  christos   if (seginfo->frchainP)
   3400  1.8  christos     for (fixp = seginfo->frchainP->fix_root;
   3401  1.8  christos 	 fixp != (fixS *) NULL;
   3402  1.8  christos 	 fixp = fixp->fx_next)
   3403  1.3  christos       {
   3404  1.1     skrll 	if (fixp->fx_addsy == sym
   3405  1.1     skrll 	    && fixp->fx_offset == (valueT)addend
   3406  1.4  christos 	    && fixp->tc_fix_data.info
   3407  1.1     skrll 	    && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym
   3408  1.9  christos 	    && symbol_symbolS (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym)
   3409  1.1     skrll 	    && (symbol_get_value_expression (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym)
   3410  1.1     skrll 		->X_op_symbol == basesym))
   3411  1.1     skrll 	  return fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym;
   3412  1.4  christos       }
   3413  1.3  christos 
   3414  1.3  christos   /* Not found, add a new entry.  */
   3415  1.3  christos   subseg_set (alpha_link_section, 0);
   3416  1.3  christos   linksym = symbol_new (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, frag_now, frag_now_fix ());
   3417  1.3  christos   p = frag_more (8);
   3418  1.3  christos   memset (p, 0, 8);
   3419  1.4  christos 
   3420  1.3  christos   /* Create a symbol for 'basesym - linksym' (offset of the added entry).  */
   3421  1.4  christos   e.X_op = O_subtract;
   3422  1.3  christos   e.X_add_symbol = linksym;
   3423  1.3  christos   e.X_op_symbol = basesym;
   3424  1.1     skrll   e.X_add_number = 0;
   3425  1.1     skrll   expsym = make_expr_symbol (&e);
   3426  1.4  christos 
   3427  1.4  christos   /* Create a fixup for the entry.  */
   3428  1.3  christos   fixp = fix_new
   3429  1.1     skrll     (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, sym, addend, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
   3430  1.1     skrll   fixp->tc_fix_data.info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (next_sequence_num--);
   3431  1.1     skrll   fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym = expsym;
   3432  1.1     skrll 
   3433  1.1     skrll   subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec);
   3434  1.1     skrll 
   3435  1.1     skrll   /* Return the symbol.  */
   3436  1.1     skrll   return expsym;
   3437  1.1     skrll }
   3438  1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
   3439  1.1     skrll 
   3440  1.1     skrll /* Assembler directives.  */
   3442  1.1     skrll 
   3443  1.1     skrll /* Handle the .text pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3444  1.1     skrll    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3445  1.3  christos 
   3446  1.3  christos static void
   3447  1.3  christos s_alpha_text (int i)
   3448  1.3  christos {
   3449  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   3450  1.3  christos   obj_elf_text (i);
   3451  1.3  christos #else
   3452  1.3  christos   s_text (i);
   3453  1.3  christos #endif
   3454  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   3455  1.3  christos   {
   3456  1.3  christos     symbolS * symbolP;
   3457  1.3  christos 
   3458  1.1     skrll     symbolP = symbol_find (".text");
   3459  1.1     skrll     if (symbolP == NULL)
   3460  1.1     skrll       {
   3461  1.1     skrll 	symbolP = symbol_make (".text");
   3462  1.1     skrll 	S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, text_section);
   3463  1.1     skrll 	symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
   3464  1.1     skrll       }
   3465  1.1     skrll   }
   3466  1.1     skrll #endif
   3467  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3468  1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3469  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3470  1.1     skrll }
   3471  1.1     skrll 
   3472  1.1     skrll /* Handle the .data pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3473  1.1     skrll    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3474  1.1     skrll 
   3475  1.1     skrll static void
   3476  1.1     skrll s_alpha_data (int i)
   3477  1.1     skrll {
   3478  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   3479  1.1     skrll   obj_elf_data (i);
   3480  1.1     skrll #else
   3481  1.3  christos   s_data (i);
   3482  1.1     skrll #endif
   3483  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3484  1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3485  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3486  1.1     skrll }
   3487  1.1     skrll 
   3488  1.1     skrll #if defined (OBJ_ECOFF) || defined (OBJ_EVAX)
   3489  1.3  christos 
   3490  1.1     skrll /* Handle the OSF/1 and openVMS .comm pseudo quirks.  */
   3491  1.1     skrll 
   3492  1.3  christos static void
   3493  1.3  christos s_alpha_comm (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3494  1.1     skrll {
   3495  1.1     skrll   char *name;
   3496  1.5  christos   char c;
   3497  1.1     skrll   char *p;
   3498  1.1     skrll   offsetT size;
   3499  1.1     skrll   symbolS *symbolP;
   3500  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   3501  1.1     skrll   offsetT temp;
   3502  1.5  christos   int log_align = 0;
   3503  1.1     skrll #endif
   3504  1.1     skrll 
   3505  1.1     skrll   c = get_symbol_name (&name);
   3506  1.1     skrll 
   3507  1.1     skrll   /* Just after name is now '\0'.  */
   3508  1.1     skrll   p = input_line_pointer;
   3509  1.1     skrll   *p = c;
   3510  1.3  christos 
   3511  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
   3512  1.3  christos 
   3513  1.1     skrll   /* Alpha OSF/1 compiler doesn't provide the comma, gcc does.  */
   3514  1.1     skrll   if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   3515  1.1     skrll     {
   3516  1.1     skrll       input_line_pointer++;
   3517  1.1     skrll       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3518  1.1     skrll     }
   3519  1.3  christos   if ((size = get_absolute_expression ()) < 0)
   3520  1.3  christos     {
   3521  1.3  christos       as_warn (_(".COMMon length (%ld.) <0! Ignored."), (long) size);
   3522  1.3  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   3523  1.3  christos       return;
   3524  1.3  christos     }
   3525  1.3  christos 
   3526  1.3  christos   *p = 0;
   3527  1.1     skrll   symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   3528  1.1     skrll   *p = c;
   3529  1.3  christos 
   3530  1.3  christos   if (S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP) && ! S_IS_COMMON (symbolP))
   3531  1.3  christos     {
   3532  1.3  christos       as_bad (_("Ignoring attempt to re-define symbol"));
   3533  1.3  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   3534  1.3  christos       return;
   3535  1.3  christos     }
   3536  1.3  christos 
   3537  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   3538  1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   3539  1.3  christos     temp = 8; /* Default alignment.  */
   3540  1.3  christos   else
   3541  1.1     skrll     {
   3542  1.1     skrll       input_line_pointer++;
   3543  1.1     skrll       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3544  1.3  christos       temp = get_absolute_expression ();
   3545  1.3  christos     }
   3546  1.3  christos 
   3547  1.1     skrll   /* ??? Unlike on OSF/1, the alignment factor is not in log units.  */
   3548  1.3  christos   while ((temp >>= 1) != 0)
   3549  1.3  christos     ++log_align;
   3550  1.3  christos 
   3551  1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   3552  1.6  christos     {
   3553  1.3  christos       /* Extended form of the directive
   3554  1.3  christos 
   3555  1.3  christos 	   .comm symbol, size, alignment, section
   3556  1.3  christos 
   3557  1.5  christos          where the "common" semantics is transferred to the section.
   3558  1.1     skrll          The symbol is effectively an alias for the section name.  */
   3559  1.3  christos 
   3560  1.3  christos       segT sec;
   3561  1.3  christos       const char *sec_name;
   3562  1.3  christos       symbolS *sec_symbol;
   3563  1.3  christos       segT current_seg = now_seg;
   3564  1.3  christos       subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
   3565  1.3  christos       int cur_size;
   3566  1.3  christos 
   3567  1.3  christos       input_line_pointer++;
   3568  1.3  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3569  1.3  christos       sec_name = s_alpha_section_name ();
   3570  1.3  christos       sec_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (sec_name);
   3571  1.3  christos       sec = subseg_new (sec_name, 0);
   3572  1.3  christos       S_SET_SEGMENT (sec_symbol, sec);
   3573  1.3  christos       symbol_get_bfdsym (sec_symbol)->flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM;
   3574  1.3  christos       bfd_vms_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, 0,
   3575  1.3  christos 				 EGPS__V_OVR | EGPS__V_GBL | EGPS__V_NOMOD);
   3576  1.3  christos       record_alignment (sec, log_align);
   3577  1.3  christos 
   3578  1.3  christos       /* Reuse stab_string_size to store the size of the section.  */
   3579  1.3  christos       cur_size = seg_info (sec)->stabu.stab_string_size;
   3580  1.3  christos       if ((int) size > cur_size)
   3581  1.3  christos 	{
   3582  1.3  christos 	  char *pfrag
   3583  1.1     skrll 	    = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, (relax_substateT)0, NULL,
   3584  1.3  christos 			(valueT)size - (valueT)cur_size, NULL);
   3585  1.3  christos 	  *pfrag = 0;
   3586  1.3  christos 	  seg_info (sec)->stabu.stab_string_size = (int)size;
   3587  1.3  christos 	}
   3588  1.3  christos 
   3589  1.3  christos       S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, sec);
   3590  1.3  christos 
   3591  1.3  christos       subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);
   3592  1.3  christos     }
   3593  1.3  christos   else
   3594  1.3  christos     {
   3595  1.3  christos       /* Regular form of the directive
   3596  1.3  christos 
   3597  1.3  christos 	   .comm symbol, size, alignment
   3598  1.3  christos 
   3599  1.3  christos 	 where the "common" semantics in on the symbol.
   3600  1.3  christos 	 These symbols are assembled in the .bss section.  */
   3601  1.4  christos 
   3602  1.3  christos       char *pfrag;
   3603  1.3  christos       segT current_seg = now_seg;
   3604  1.3  christos       subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
   3605  1.1     skrll 
   3606  1.3  christos       subseg_set (bss_section, 1);
   3607  1.1     skrll       frag_align (log_align, 0, 0);
   3608  1.3  christos       record_alignment (bss_section, log_align);
   3609  1.1     skrll 
   3610  1.3  christos       symbol_set_frag (symbolP, frag_now);
   3611  1.5  christos       pfrag = frag_var (rs_org, 1, 1, (relax_substateT)0, symbolP,
   3612  1.1     skrll                         size, NULL);
   3613  1.1     skrll       *pfrag = 0;
   3614  1.3  christos 
   3615  1.3  christos       S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bss_section);
   3616  1.3  christos 
   3617  1.3  christos       subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);
   3618  1.3  christos     }
   3619  1.1     skrll #endif
   3620  1.1     skrll 
   3621  1.1     skrll   if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP))
   3622  1.3  christos     {
   3623  1.3  christos       if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) != (valueT) size)
   3624  1.1     skrll         as_bad (_("Length of .comm \"%s\" is already %ld. Not changed to %ld."),
   3625  1.1     skrll                 S_GET_NAME (symbolP),
   3626  1.1     skrll                 (long) S_GET_VALUE (symbolP),
   3627  1.5  christos                 (long) size);
   3628  1.3  christos     }
   3629  1.8  christos   else
   3630  1.1     skrll     {
   3631  1.1     skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
   3632  1.1     skrll       S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, (valueT) size);
   3633  1.1     skrll #endif
   3634  1.1     skrll       S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
   3635  1.1     skrll     }
   3636  1.1     skrll 
   3637  1.1     skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
   3638  1.1     skrll   know (symbol_get_frag (symbolP) == &zero_address_frag);
   3639  1.1     skrll #endif
   3640  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3641  1.1     skrll }
   3642  1.1     skrll 
   3643  1.1     skrll #endif /* ! OBJ_ELF */
   3644  1.3  christos 
   3645  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   3646  1.1     skrll 
   3647  1.1     skrll /* Handle the .rdata pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3648  1.1     skrll    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3649  1.1     skrll 
   3650  1.1     skrll static void
   3651  1.1     skrll s_alpha_rdata (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3652  1.1     skrll {
   3653  1.1     skrll   get_absolute_expression ();
   3654  1.1     skrll   subseg_new (".rdata", 0);
   3655  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3656  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3657  1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3658  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3659  1.1     skrll }
   3660  1.1     skrll 
   3661  1.1     skrll #endif
   3662  1.3  christos 
   3663  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   3664  1.1     skrll 
   3665  1.1     skrll /* Handle the .sdata pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3666  1.1     skrll    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3667  1.1     skrll 
   3668  1.1     skrll static void
   3669  1.1     skrll s_alpha_sdata (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3670  1.1     skrll {
   3671  1.1     skrll   get_absolute_expression ();
   3672  1.1     skrll   subseg_new (".sdata", 0);
   3673  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3674  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3675  1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3676  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3677  1.1     skrll }
   3678  1.1     skrll #endif
   3679  1.1     skrll 
   3680  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   3681  1.1     skrll struct alpha_elf_frame_data
   3682  1.1     skrll {
   3683  1.1     skrll   symbolS *func_sym;
   3684  1.1     skrll   symbolS *func_end_sym;
   3685  1.1     skrll   symbolS *prologue_sym;
   3686  1.1     skrll   unsigned int mask;
   3687  1.1     skrll   unsigned int fmask;
   3688  1.1     skrll   int fp_regno;
   3689  1.1     skrll   int ra_regno;
   3690  1.1     skrll   offsetT frame_size;
   3691  1.1     skrll   offsetT mask_offset;
   3692  1.5  christos   offsetT fmask_offset;
   3693  1.5  christos 
   3694  1.1     skrll   struct alpha_elf_frame_data *next;
   3695  1.1     skrll };
   3696  1.1     skrll 
   3697  1.1     skrll static struct alpha_elf_frame_data *all_frame_data;
   3698  1.1     skrll static struct alpha_elf_frame_data **plast_frame_data = &all_frame_data;
   3699  1.1     skrll static struct alpha_elf_frame_data *cur_frame_data;
   3700  1.1     skrll 
   3701  1.1     skrll extern int all_cfi_sections;
   3702  1.1     skrll 
   3703  1.1     skrll /* Handle the .section pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3704  1.1     skrll    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3705  1.1     skrll 
   3706  1.1     skrll static void
   3707  1.1     skrll s_alpha_section (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3708  1.1     skrll {
   3709  1.1     skrll   obj_elf_section (ignore);
   3710  1.1     skrll 
   3711  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3712  1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3713  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3714  1.1     skrll }
   3715  1.5  christos 
   3716  1.5  christos static void
   3717  1.5  christos s_alpha_ent (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3718  1.5  christos {
   3719  1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3720  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_ent (0);
   3721  1.1     skrll   else
   3722  1.1     skrll     {
   3723  1.5  christos       char *name, name_end;
   3724  1.1     skrll 
   3725  1.1     skrll       name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   3726  1.1     skrll       /* CFI_EMIT_eh_frame is the default.  */
   3727  1.1     skrll       all_cfi_sections = CFI_EMIT_eh_frame;
   3728  1.1     skrll 
   3729  1.1     skrll       if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
   3730  1.1     skrll 	{
   3731  1.1     skrll 	  as_warn (_(".ent directive has no name"));
   3732  1.1     skrll 	  (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   3733  1.1     skrll 	}
   3734  1.1     skrll       else
   3735  1.6  christos 	{
   3736  1.1     skrll 	  symbolS *sym;
   3737  1.1     skrll 
   3738  1.1     skrll 	  if (cur_frame_data)
   3739  1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_("nested .ent directives"));
   3740  1.1     skrll 
   3741  1.1     skrll 	  sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   3742  1.1     skrll 	  symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
   3743  1.1     skrll 
   3744  1.1     skrll 	  cur_frame_data = XCNEW (struct alpha_elf_frame_data);
   3745  1.1     skrll 	  cur_frame_data->func_sym = sym;
   3746  1.1     skrll 
   3747  1.1     skrll 	  /* Provide sensible defaults.  */
   3748  1.5  christos 	  cur_frame_data->fp_regno = 30;	/* sp */
   3749  1.1     skrll 	  cur_frame_data->ra_regno = 26;	/* ra */
   3750  1.1     skrll 
   3751  1.1     skrll 	  *plast_frame_data = cur_frame_data;
   3752  1.1     skrll 	  plast_frame_data = &cur_frame_data->next;
   3753  1.1     skrll 
   3754  1.1     skrll 	  /* The .ent directive is sometimes followed by a number.  Not sure
   3755  1.1     skrll 	     what it really means, but ignore it.  */
   3756  1.1     skrll 	  *input_line_pointer = name_end;
   3757  1.1     skrll 	  SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
   3758  1.1     skrll 	  if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   3759  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3760  1.1     skrll 	      input_line_pointer++;
   3761  1.1     skrll 	      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3762  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3763  1.1     skrll 	  if (ISDIGIT (*input_line_pointer) || *input_line_pointer == '-')
   3764  1.1     skrll 	    (void) get_absolute_expression ();
   3765  1.1     skrll 	}
   3766  1.1     skrll       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3767  1.1     skrll     }
   3768  1.1     skrll }
   3769  1.5  christos 
   3770  1.5  christos static void
   3771  1.1     skrll s_alpha_end (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3772  1.1     skrll {
   3773  1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3774  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_end (0);
   3775  1.1     skrll   else
   3776  1.1     skrll     {
   3777  1.1     skrll       char *name, name_end;
   3778  1.1     skrll 
   3779  1.1     skrll       name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   3780  1.1     skrll 
   3781  1.1     skrll       if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
   3782  1.1     skrll 	{
   3783  1.1     skrll 	  as_warn (_(".end directive has no name"));
   3784  1.1     skrll 	}
   3785  1.1     skrll       else
   3786  1.1     skrll 	{
   3787  1.1     skrll 	  symbolS *sym;
   3788  1.1     skrll 
   3789  1.1     skrll 	  sym = symbol_find (name);
   3790  1.6  christos 	  if (!cur_frame_data)
   3791  1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_(".end directive without matching .ent"));
   3792  1.1     skrll 	  else if (sym != cur_frame_data->func_sym)
   3793  1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_(".end directive names different symbol than .ent"));
   3794  1.1     skrll 
   3795  1.1     skrll 	  /* Create an expression to calculate the size of the function.  */
   3796  1.1     skrll 	  if (sym && cur_frame_data)
   3797  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3798  1.1     skrll 	      OBJ_SYMFIELD_TYPE *obj = symbol_get_obj (sym);
   3799  1.1     skrll 	      expressionS *exp = XNEW (expressionS);
   3800  1.1     skrll 
   3801  1.1     skrll 	      obj->size = exp;
   3802  1.5  christos 	      exp->X_op = O_subtract;
   3803  1.1     skrll 	      exp->X_add_symbol = symbol_temp_new_now ();
   3804  1.5  christos 	      exp->X_op_symbol = sym;
   3805  1.1     skrll 	      exp->X_add_number = 0;
   3806  1.1     skrll 
   3807  1.1     skrll 	      cur_frame_data->func_end_sym = exp->X_add_symbol;
   3808  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3809  1.1     skrll 
   3810  1.1     skrll 	  cur_frame_data = NULL;
   3811  1.1     skrll 	}
   3812  1.1     skrll 
   3813  1.1     skrll       (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   3814  1.1     skrll       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3815  1.1     skrll     }
   3816  1.1     skrll }
   3817  1.1     skrll 
   3818  1.1     skrll static void
   3819  1.1     skrll s_alpha_mask (int fp)
   3820  1.1     skrll {
   3821  1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3822  1.1     skrll     {
   3823  1.1     skrll       if (fp)
   3824  1.1     skrll 	ecoff_directive_fmask (0);
   3825  1.1     skrll       else
   3826  1.1     skrll 	ecoff_directive_mask (0);
   3827  1.1     skrll     }
   3828  1.1     skrll   else
   3829  1.1     skrll     {
   3830  1.1     skrll       long val;
   3831  1.1     skrll       offsetT offset;
   3832  1.1     skrll 
   3833  1.1     skrll       if (!cur_frame_data)
   3834  1.1     skrll 	{
   3835  1.1     skrll 	  if (fp)
   3836  1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_(".fmask outside of .ent"));
   3837  1.1     skrll 	  else
   3838  1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_(".mask outside of .ent"));
   3839  1.1     skrll 	  discard_rest_of_line ();
   3840  1.1     skrll 	  return;
   3841  1.1     skrll 	}
   3842  1.1     skrll 
   3843  1.1     skrll       if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   3844  1.1     skrll 	{
   3845  1.1     skrll 	  if (fp)
   3846  1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_("bad .fmask directive"));
   3847  1.1     skrll 	  else
   3848  1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_("bad .mask directive"));
   3849  1.1     skrll 	  --input_line_pointer;
   3850  1.1     skrll 	  discard_rest_of_line ();
   3851  1.1     skrll 	  return;
   3852  1.1     skrll 	}
   3853  1.1     skrll 
   3854  1.1     skrll       offset = get_absolute_expression ();
   3855  1.1     skrll       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3856  1.1     skrll 
   3857  1.1     skrll       if (fp)
   3858  1.1     skrll 	{
   3859  1.1     skrll 	  cur_frame_data->fmask = val;
   3860  1.1     skrll           cur_frame_data->fmask_offset = offset;
   3861  1.1     skrll 	}
   3862  1.1     skrll       else
   3863  1.1     skrll 	{
   3864  1.1     skrll 	  cur_frame_data->mask = val;
   3865  1.1     skrll 	  cur_frame_data->mask_offset = offset;
   3866  1.1     skrll 	}
   3867  1.1     skrll     }
   3868  1.1     skrll }
   3869  1.1     skrll 
   3870  1.1     skrll static void
   3871  1.1     skrll s_alpha_frame (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3872  1.1     skrll {
   3873  1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3874  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_frame (0);
   3875  1.1     skrll   else
   3876  1.1     skrll     {
   3877  1.1     skrll       long val;
   3878  1.1     skrll 
   3879  1.1     skrll       if (!cur_frame_data)
   3880  1.1     skrll 	{
   3881  1.1     skrll 	  as_warn (_(".frame outside of .ent"));
   3882  1.1     skrll 	  discard_rest_of_line ();
   3883  1.1     skrll 	  return;
   3884  1.1     skrll 	}
   3885  1.1     skrll 
   3886  1.1     skrll       cur_frame_data->fp_regno = tc_get_register (1);
   3887  1.1     skrll 
   3888  1.1     skrll       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3889  1.1     skrll       if (*input_line_pointer++ != ','
   3890  1.1     skrll 	  || get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   3891  1.1     skrll 	{
   3892  1.1     skrll 	  as_warn (_("bad .frame directive"));
   3893  1.1     skrll 	  --input_line_pointer;
   3894  1.1     skrll 	  discard_rest_of_line ();
   3895  1.1     skrll 	  return;
   3896  1.1     skrll 	}
   3897  1.1     skrll       cur_frame_data->frame_size = val;
   3898  1.1     skrll 
   3899  1.1     skrll       cur_frame_data->ra_regno = tc_get_register (0);
   3900  1.1     skrll 
   3901  1.1     skrll       /* Next comes the "offset of saved $a0 from $sp".  In gcc terms
   3902  1.1     skrll 	 this is current_function_pretend_args_size.  There's no place
   3903  1.1     skrll 	 to put this value, so ignore it.  */
   3904  1.1     skrll       s_ignore (42);
   3905  1.1     skrll     }
   3906  1.1     skrll }
   3907  1.9  christos 
   3908  1.9  christos static void
   3909  1.1     skrll s_alpha_prologue (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3910  1.1     skrll {
   3911  1.1     skrll   symbolS *sym;
   3912  1.1     skrll   int arg;
   3913  1.1     skrll 
   3914  1.1     skrll   arg = get_absolute_expression ();
   3915  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3916  1.1     skrll   alpha_prologue_label = symbol_new (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, frag_now,
   3917  1.1     skrll 				     frag_now_fix ());
   3918  1.1     skrll 
   3919  1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3920  1.1     skrll     sym = ecoff_get_cur_proc_sym ();
   3921  1.1     skrll   else
   3922  1.1     skrll     sym = cur_frame_data ? cur_frame_data->func_sym : NULL;
   3923  1.1     skrll 
   3924  1.1     skrll   if (sym == NULL)
   3925  1.1     skrll     {
   3926  1.1     skrll       as_bad (_(".prologue directive without a preceding .ent directive"));
   3927  1.1     skrll       return;
   3928  1.1     skrll     }
   3929  1.1     skrll 
   3930  1.1     skrll   switch (arg)
   3931  1.1     skrll     {
   3932  1.1     skrll     case 0: /* No PV required.  */
   3933  1.1     skrll       S_SET_OTHER (sym, STO_ALPHA_NOPV
   3934  1.1     skrll 		   | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
   3935  1.1     skrll       break;
   3936  1.1     skrll     case 1: /* Std GP load.  */
   3937  1.1     skrll       S_SET_OTHER (sym, STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD
   3938  1.1     skrll 		   | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
   3939  1.1     skrll       break;
   3940  1.1     skrll     case 2: /* Non-std use of PV.  */
   3941  1.1     skrll       break;
   3942  1.1     skrll 
   3943  1.1     skrll     default:
   3944  1.1     skrll       as_bad (_("Invalid argument %d to .prologue."), arg);
   3945  1.1     skrll       break;
   3946  1.1     skrll     }
   3947  1.1     skrll 
   3948  1.1     skrll   if (cur_frame_data)
   3949  1.1     skrll     cur_frame_data->prologue_sym = symbol_temp_new_now ();
   3950  1.1     skrll }
   3951  1.1     skrll 
   3952  1.1     skrll static char *first_file_directive;
   3953  1.1     skrll 
   3954  1.1     skrll static void
   3955  1.1     skrll s_alpha_file (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3956  1.1     skrll {
   3957  1.1     skrll   /* Save the first .file directive we see, so that we can change our
   3958  1.6  christos      minds about whether ecoff debugging should or shouldn't be enabled.  */
   3959  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_flag_mdebug < 0 && ! first_file_directive)
   3960  1.1     skrll     {
   3961  1.1     skrll       char *start = input_line_pointer;
   3962  1.1     skrll       size_t len;
   3963  1.1     skrll 
   3964  1.1     skrll       discard_rest_of_line ();
   3965  1.1     skrll 
   3966  1.1     skrll       len = input_line_pointer - start;
   3967  1.1     skrll       first_file_directive = xmemdup0 (start, len);
   3968  1.1     skrll 
   3969  1.1     skrll       input_line_pointer = start;
   3970  1.1     skrll     }
   3971  1.1     skrll 
   3972  1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3973  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_file (0);
   3974  1.1     skrll   else
   3975  1.1     skrll     dwarf2_directive_file (0);
   3976  1.1     skrll }
   3977  1.1     skrll 
   3978  1.1     skrll static void
   3979  1.1     skrll s_alpha_loc (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3980  1.1     skrll {
   3981  1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3982  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_loc (0);
   3983  1.1     skrll   else
   3984  1.1     skrll     dwarf2_directive_loc (0);
   3985  1.8  christos }
   3986  1.8  christos 
   3987  1.1     skrll static void
   3988  1.1     skrll s_alpha_stab (int n)
   3989  1.1     skrll {
   3990  1.1     skrll   /* If we've been undecided about mdebug, make up our minds in favour.  */
   3991  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_flag_mdebug < 0)
   3992  1.1     skrll     {
   3993  1.1     skrll       segT sec = subseg_new (".mdebug", 0);
   3994  1.1     skrll       bfd_set_section_flags (sec, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY);
   3995  1.1     skrll       bfd_set_section_alignment (sec, 3);
   3996  1.1     skrll 
   3997  1.1     skrll       ecoff_read_begin_hook ();
   3998  1.1     skrll 
   3999  1.1     skrll       if (first_file_directive)
   4000  1.1     skrll 	{
   4001  1.1     skrll 	  char *save_ilp = input_line_pointer;
   4002  1.1     skrll 	  input_line_pointer = first_file_directive;
   4003  1.1     skrll 	  ecoff_directive_file (0);
   4004  1.1     skrll 	  input_line_pointer = save_ilp;
   4005  1.1     skrll 	  free (first_file_directive);
   4006  1.1     skrll 	}
   4007  1.1     skrll 
   4008  1.1     skrll       alpha_flag_mdebug = 1;
   4009  1.1     skrll     }
   4010  1.1     skrll   s_stab (n);
   4011  1.1     skrll }
   4012  1.1     skrll 
   4013  1.1     skrll static void
   4014  1.1     skrll s_alpha_coff_wrapper (int which)
   4015  1.1     skrll {
   4016  1.1     skrll   static void (* const fns[]) (int) = {
   4017  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_begin,
   4018  1.3  christos     ecoff_directive_bend,
   4019  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_def,
   4020  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_dim,
   4021  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_endef,
   4022  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_scl,
   4023  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_tag,
   4024  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_val,
   4025  1.1     skrll   };
   4026  1.1     skrll 
   4027  1.1     skrll   gas_assert (which >= 0 && which < (int) (sizeof (fns)/sizeof (*fns)));
   4028  1.1     skrll 
   4029  1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   4030  1.1     skrll     (*fns[which]) (0);
   4031  1.1     skrll   else
   4032  1.1     skrll     {
   4033  1.1     skrll       as_bad (_("ECOFF debugging is disabled."));
   4034  1.1     skrll       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4035  1.1     skrll     }
   4036  1.1     skrll }
   4037  1.1     skrll 
   4038  1.1     skrll /* Called at the end of assembly.  Here we emit unwind info for frames
   4039  1.1     skrll    unless the compiler has done it for us.  */
   4040  1.1     skrll 
   4041  1.1     skrll void
   4042  1.1     skrll alpha_elf_md_end (void)
   4043  1.1     skrll {
   4044  1.4  christos   struct alpha_elf_frame_data *p;
   4045  1.4  christos 
   4046  1.4  christos   if (cur_frame_data)
   4047  1.4  christos     as_warn (_(".ent directive without matching .end"));
   4048  1.4  christos 
   4049  1.4  christos   /* If someone has generated the unwind info themselves, great.  */
   4050  1.4  christos   if (bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, ".eh_frame") != NULL)
   4051  1.4  christos     return;
   4052  1.1     skrll 
   4053  1.1     skrll   /* ??? In theory we could look for functions for which we have
   4054  1.1     skrll      generated unwind info via CFI directives, and those we have not.
   4055  1.1     skrll      Those we have not could still get their unwind info from here.
   4056  1.1     skrll      For now, do nothing if we've seen any CFI directives.  Note that
   4057  1.1     skrll      the above test will not trigger, as we've not emitted data yet.  */
   4058  1.1     skrll   if (all_fde_data != NULL)
   4059  1.9  christos     return;
   4060  1.9  christos 
   4061  1.1     skrll   /* Generate .eh_frame data for the unwind directives specified.  */
   4062  1.5  christos   for (p = all_frame_data; p ; p = p->next)
   4063  1.1     skrll     if (p->prologue_sym)
   4064  1.1     skrll       {
   4065  1.1     skrll 	/* Create a temporary symbol at the same location as our
   4066  1.1     skrll 	   function symbol.  This prevents problems with globals.  */
   4067  1.1     skrll 	cfi_new_fde (symbol_temp_new (S_GET_SEGMENT (p->func_sym),
   4068  1.1     skrll 				      symbol_get_frag (p->func_sym),
   4069  1.1     skrll 				      S_GET_VALUE (p->func_sym)));
   4070  1.1     skrll 
   4071  1.1     skrll 	cfi_set_sections ();
   4072  1.1     skrll 	cfi_set_return_column (p->ra_regno);
   4073  1.1     skrll 	cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (30);
   4074  1.1     skrll 	if (p->fp_regno != 30 || p->mask || p->fmask || p->frame_size)
   4075  1.1     skrll 	  {
   4076  1.1     skrll 	    unsigned int mask;
   4077  1.1     skrll 	    offsetT offset;
   4078  1.1     skrll 
   4079  1.1     skrll 	    cfi_add_advance_loc (p->prologue_sym);
   4080  1.1     skrll 
   4081  1.1     skrll 	    if (p->fp_regno != 30)
   4082  1.1     skrll 	      if (p->frame_size != 0)
   4083  1.1     skrll 		cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (p->fp_regno, p->frame_size);
   4084  1.1     skrll 	      else
   4085  1.1     skrll 		cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (p->fp_regno);
   4086  1.1     skrll 	    else if (p->frame_size != 0)
   4087  1.1     skrll 	      cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_offset (p->frame_size);
   4088  1.1     skrll 
   4089  1.1     skrll 	    mask = p->mask;
   4090  1.1     skrll 	    offset = p->mask_offset;
   4091  1.1     skrll 
   4092  1.1     skrll 	    /* Recall that $26 is special-cased and stored first.  */
   4093  1.1     skrll 	    if ((mask >> 26) & 1)
   4094  1.1     skrll 	      {
   4095  1.1     skrll 	        cfi_add_CFA_offset (26, offset);
   4096  1.1     skrll 		offset += 8;
   4097  1.1     skrll 		mask &= ~(1 << 26);
   4098  1.1     skrll 	      }
   4099  1.1     skrll 	    while (mask)
   4100  1.1     skrll 	      {
   4101  1.1     skrll 		unsigned int i;
   4102  1.1     skrll 		i = mask & -mask;
   4103  1.1     skrll 		mask ^= i;
   4104  1.1     skrll 		i = ffs (i) - 1;
   4105  1.1     skrll 
   4106  1.1     skrll 		cfi_add_CFA_offset (i, offset);
   4107  1.1     skrll 		offset += 8;
   4108  1.1     skrll 	      }
   4109  1.1     skrll 
   4110  1.1     skrll 	    mask = p->fmask;
   4111  1.1     skrll 	    offset = p->fmask_offset;
   4112  1.1     skrll 	    while (mask)
   4113  1.1     skrll 	      {
   4114  1.1     skrll 		unsigned int i;
   4115  1.1     skrll 		i = mask & -mask;
   4116  1.1     skrll 		mask ^= i;
   4117  1.1     skrll 		i = ffs (i) - 1;
   4118  1.1     skrll 
   4119  1.1     skrll 		cfi_add_CFA_offset (i + 32, offset);
   4120  1.1     skrll 		offset += 8;
   4121  1.1     skrll 	      }
   4122  1.1     skrll 	  }
   4123  1.1     skrll 
   4124  1.1     skrll 	cfi_end_fde (p->func_end_sym);
   4125  1.1     skrll       }
   4126  1.1     skrll }
   4127  1.5  christos 
   4128  1.1     skrll static void
   4129  1.1     skrll s_alpha_usepv (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4130  1.1     skrll {
   4131  1.1     skrll   char *name, name_end;
   4132  1.5  christos   char *which, which_end;
   4133  1.1     skrll   symbolS *sym;
   4134  1.1     skrll   int other;
   4135  1.1     skrll 
   4136  1.1     skrll   name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4137  1.1     skrll 
   4138  1.5  christos   if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
   4139  1.5  christos     {
   4140  1.5  christos       as_bad (_(".usepv directive has no name"));
   4141  1.1     skrll       (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4142  1.1     skrll       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4143  1.1     skrll       return;
   4144  1.1     skrll     }
   4145  1.1     skrll 
   4146  1.1     skrll   sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   4147  1.1     skrll   name_end = restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4148  1.1     skrll   if (! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) name_end])
   4149  1.1     skrll     input_line_pointer++;
   4150  1.5  christos 
   4151  1.5  christos   if (name_end != ',')
   4152  1.1     skrll     {
   4153  1.1     skrll       as_bad (_(".usepv directive has no type"));
   4154  1.1     skrll       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4155  1.1     skrll       return;
   4156  1.1     skrll     }
   4157  1.1     skrll 
   4158  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4159  1.1     skrll 
   4160  1.1     skrll   which_end = get_symbol_name (&which);
   4161  1.1     skrll 
   4162  1.1     skrll   if (strcmp (which, "no") == 0)
   4163  1.5  christos     other = STO_ALPHA_NOPV;
   4164  1.1     skrll   else if (strcmp (which, "std") == 0)
   4165  1.1     skrll     other = STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD;
   4166  1.1     skrll   else
   4167  1.1     skrll     {
   4168  1.1     skrll       as_bad (_("unknown argument for .usepv"));
   4169  1.1     skrll       other = 0;
   4170  1.1     skrll     }
   4171  1.1     skrll 
   4172  1.1     skrll   (void) restore_line_pointer (which_end);
   4173  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4174  1.1     skrll 
   4175  1.1     skrll   S_SET_OTHER (sym, other | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
   4176  1.1     skrll }
   4177  1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
   4178  1.1     skrll 
   4179  1.1     skrll /* Standard calling conventions leaves the CFA at $30 on entry.  */
   4180  1.3  christos 
   4181  1.6  christos void
   4182  1.3  christos alpha_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
   4183  1.3  christos {
   4184  1.3  christos   cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (30);
   4185  1.3  christos }
   4186  1.3  christos 
   4187  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   4188  1.3  christos 
   4189  1.3  christos /* Get name of section.  */
   4190  1.3  christos static const char *
   4191  1.3  christos s_alpha_section_name (void)
   4192  1.3  christos {
   4193  1.3  christos   char *name;
   4194  1.3  christos 
   4195  1.3  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4196  1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer == '"')
   4197  1.3  christos     {
   4198  1.3  christos       int dummy;
   4199  1.3  christos 
   4200  1.3  christos       name = demand_copy_C_string (&dummy);
   4201  1.3  christos       if (name == NULL)
   4202  1.3  christos 	{
   4203  1.3  christos 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4204  1.3  christos 	  return NULL;
   4205  1.3  christos 	}
   4206  1.3  christos     }
   4207  1.3  christos   else
   4208  1.3  christos     {
   4209  1.3  christos       char *end = input_line_pointer;
   4210  1.3  christos 
   4211  1.6  christos       while (0 == strchr ("\n\t,; ", *end))
   4212  1.3  christos 	end++;
   4213  1.3  christos       if (end == input_line_pointer)
   4214  1.3  christos 	{
   4215  1.3  christos 	  as_warn (_("missing name"));
   4216  1.3  christos 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4217  1.3  christos 	  return NULL;
   4218  1.3  christos 	}
   4219  1.3  christos 
   4220  1.3  christos       name = xmemdup0 (input_line_pointer, end - input_line_pointer);
   4221  1.3  christos       input_line_pointer = end;
   4222  1.3  christos     }
   4223  1.3  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4224  1.3  christos   return name;
   4225  1.3  christos }
   4226  1.3  christos 
   4227  1.3  christos /* Put clear/set flags in one flagword.  The LSBs are flags to be set,
   4228  1.3  christos    the MSBs are the flags to be cleared.  */
   4229  1.3  christos 
   4230  1.3  christos #define EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT 16
   4231  1.3  christos #define EGPS__V_MASK	 0xffff
   4232  1.9  christos 
   4233  1.3  christos /* Parse one VMS section flag.  */
   4234  1.3  christos 
   4235  1.3  christos static flagword
   4236  1.5  christos s_alpha_section_word (char *str, size_t len)
   4237  1.3  christos {
   4238  1.3  christos   int no = 0;
   4239  1.3  christos   flagword flag = 0;
   4240  1.3  christos 
   4241  1.9  christos   if (len == 5 && startswith (str, "NO"))
   4242  1.3  christos     {
   4243  1.9  christos       no = 1;
   4244  1.3  christos       str += 2;
   4245  1.9  christos       len -= 2;
   4246  1.3  christos     }
   4247  1.9  christos 
   4248  1.3  christos   if (len == 3)
   4249  1.9  christos     {
   4250  1.3  christos       if (startswith (str, "PIC"))
   4251  1.9  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_PIC;
   4252  1.3  christos       else if (startswith (str, "LIB"))
   4253  1.9  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_LIB;
   4254  1.3  christos       else if (startswith (str, "OVR"))
   4255  1.9  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_OVR;
   4256  1.3  christos       else if (startswith (str, "REL"))
   4257  1.9  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_REL;
   4258  1.3  christos       else if (startswith (str, "GBL"))
   4259  1.9  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_GBL;
   4260  1.3  christos       else if (startswith (str, "SHR"))
   4261  1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_SHR;
   4262  1.3  christos       else if (startswith (str, "EXE"))
   4263  1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_EXE;
   4264  1.9  christos       else if (startswith (str, "WRT"))
   4265  1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_WRT;
   4266  1.3  christos       else if (startswith (str, "VEC"))
   4267  1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_VEC;
   4268  1.3  christos       else if (startswith (str, "MOD"))
   4269  1.3  christos 	{
   4270  1.3  christos 	  flag = no ? EGPS__V_NOMOD : EGPS__V_NOMOD << EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT;
   4271  1.3  christos 	  no = 0;
   4272  1.3  christos 	}
   4273  1.3  christos       else if (startswith (str, "COM"))
   4274  1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_COM;
   4275  1.3  christos     }
   4276  1.3  christos 
   4277  1.3  christos   if (flag == 0)
   4278  1.3  christos     {
   4279  1.3  christos       char c = str[len];
   4280  1.3  christos       str[len] = 0;
   4281  1.3  christos       as_warn (_("unknown section attribute %s"), str);
   4282  1.3  christos       str[len] = c;
   4283  1.1     skrll       return 0;
   4284  1.1     skrll     }
   4285  1.3  christos 
   4286  1.3  christos   if (no)
   4287  1.6  christos     return flag << EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT;
   4288  1.3  christos   else
   4289  1.3  christos     return flag;
   4290  1.1     skrll }
   4291  1.1     skrll 
   4292  1.1     skrll /* Handle the section specific pseudo-op.  */
   4293  1.6  christos 
   4294  1.6  christos #define EVAX_SECTION_COUNT 5
   4295  1.3  christos 
   4296  1.3  christos static const char *section_name[EVAX_SECTION_COUNT + 1] =
   4297  1.3  christos   { "NULL", ".rdata", ".comm", ".link", ".ctors", ".dtors" };
   4298  1.1     skrll 
   4299  1.3  christos static void
   4300  1.3  christos s_alpha_section (int secid)
   4301  1.3  christos {
   4302  1.3  christos   const char *name;
   4303  1.3  christos   char *beg;
   4304  1.3  christos   segT sec;
   4305  1.3  christos   flagword vms_flags = 0;
   4306  1.3  christos   symbolS *symbol;
   4307  1.3  christos 
   4308  1.3  christos   if (secid == 0)
   4309  1.3  christos     {
   4310  1.3  christos       name = s_alpha_section_name ();
   4311  1.3  christos       if (name == NULL)
   4312  1.3  christos         return;
   4313  1.3  christos       sec = subseg_new (name, 0);
   4314  1.3  christos       if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   4315  1.3  christos         {
   4316  1.5  christos           /* Skip the comma.  */
   4317  1.3  christos           ++input_line_pointer;
   4318  1.3  christos           SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4319  1.3  christos 
   4320  1.3  christos      	  do
   4321  1.5  christos      	    {
   4322  1.3  christos      	      char c;
   4323  1.3  christos 
   4324  1.5  christos      	      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4325  1.3  christos      	      c = get_symbol_name (&beg);
   4326  1.3  christos      	      *input_line_pointer = c;
   4327  1.3  christos 
   4328  1.3  christos      	      vms_flags |= s_alpha_section_word (beg, input_line_pointer - beg);
   4329  1.3  christos 
   4330  1.3  christos      	      SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
   4331  1.3  christos      	    }
   4332  1.3  christos      	  while (*input_line_pointer++ == ',');
   4333  1.3  christos 
   4334  1.3  christos      	  --input_line_pointer;
   4335  1.3  christos         }
   4336  1.3  christos 
   4337  1.1     skrll 	symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   4338  1.3  christos 	S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, sec);
   4339  1.3  christos 	symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM;
   4340  1.1     skrll         bfd_vms_set_section_flags
   4341  1.3  christos           (stdoutput, sec,
   4342  1.3  christos            (vms_flags >> EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT) & EGPS__V_MASK,
   4343  1.3  christos            vms_flags & EGPS__V_MASK);
   4344  1.3  christos     }
   4345  1.3  christos   else
   4346  1.3  christos     {
   4347  1.3  christos       get_absolute_expression ();
   4348  1.3  christos       subseg_new (section_name[secid], 0);
   4349  1.3  christos     }
   4350  1.3  christos 
   4351  1.3  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4352  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   4353  1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   4354  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   4355  1.1     skrll }
   4356  1.1     skrll 
   4357  1.1     skrll static void
   4358  1.1     skrll s_alpha_literals (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4359  1.1     skrll {
   4360  1.1     skrll   subseg_new (".literals", 0);
   4361  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4362  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   4363  1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   4364  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   4365  1.1     skrll }
   4366  1.4  christos 
   4367  1.4  christos /* Parse .ent directives.  */
   4368  1.4  christos 
   4369  1.4  christos static void
   4370  1.3  christos s_alpha_ent (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4371  1.3  christos {
   4372  1.3  christos   symbolS *symbol;
   4373  1.3  christos   expressionS symexpr;
   4374  1.3  christos 
   4375  1.3  christos   if (alpha_evax_proc != NULL)
   4376  1.3  christos     as_bad (_("previous .ent not closed by a .end"));
   4377  1.3  christos 
   4378  1.3  christos   alpha_evax_proc = &alpha_evax_proc_data;
   4379  1.3  christos 
   4380  1.3  christos   alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = 0;
   4381  1.3  christos   alpha_evax_proc->framereg = -1;
   4382  1.3  christos   alpha_evax_proc->framesize = 0;
   4383  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset = 0;
   4384  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->ra_save = AXP_REG_RA;
   4385  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->fp_save = -1;
   4386  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->imask = 0;
   4387  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->fmask = 0;
   4388  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->prologue = 0;
   4389  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->type = 0;
   4390  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->handler = 0;
   4391  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->handler_data = 0;
   4392  1.1     skrll 
   4393  1.1     skrll   expression (&symexpr);
   4394  1.1     skrll 
   4395  1.3  christos   if (symexpr.X_op != O_symbol)
   4396  1.3  christos     {
   4397  1.3  christos       as_fatal (_(".ent directive has no symbol"));
   4398  1.3  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4399  1.3  christos       return;
   4400  1.3  christos     }
   4401  1.3  christos 
   4402  1.3  christos   symbol = make_expr_symbol (&symexpr);
   4403  1.3  christos   symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
   4404  1.3  christos   alpha_evax_proc->symbol = symbol;
   4405  1.3  christos 
   4406  1.3  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4407  1.3  christos }
   4408  1.5  christos 
   4409  1.5  christos static void
   4410  1.1     skrll s_alpha_handler (int is_data)
   4411  1.3  christos {
   4412  1.3  christos   if (is_data)
   4413  1.3  christos     alpha_evax_proc->handler_data = get_absolute_expression ();
   4414  1.3  christos   else
   4415  1.3  christos     {
   4416  1.3  christos       char *name, name_end;
   4417  1.3  christos 
   4418  1.3  christos       name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4419  1.3  christos 
   4420  1.3  christos       if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
   4421  1.3  christos 	{
   4422  1.3  christos 	  as_warn (_(".handler directive has no name"));
   4423  1.5  christos 	}
   4424  1.5  christos       else
   4425  1.5  christos 	{
   4426  1.5  christos 	  symbolS *sym;
   4427  1.1     skrll 
   4428  1.1     skrll 	  sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   4429  1.1     skrll 	  symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
   4430  1.1     skrll 	  alpha_evax_proc->handler = sym;
   4431  1.1     skrll 	}
   4432  1.1     skrll 
   4433  1.1     skrll       (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4434  1.1     skrll     }
   4435  1.1     skrll 
   4436  1.4  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4437  1.1     skrll }
   4438  1.3  christos 
   4439  1.1     skrll /* Parse .frame <framreg>,<framesize>,RA,<rsa_offset> directives.  */
   4440  1.1     skrll 
   4441  1.1     skrll static void
   4442  1.1     skrll s_alpha_frame (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4443  1.1     skrll {
   4444  1.1     skrll   long val;
   4445  1.1     skrll   int ra;
   4446  1.1     skrll 
   4447  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->framereg = tc_get_register (1);
   4448  1.1     skrll 
   4449  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4450  1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer++ != ','
   4451  1.1     skrll       || get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   4452  1.4  christos     {
   4453  1.4  christos       as_warn (_("Bad .frame directive 1./2. param"));
   4454  1.4  christos       --input_line_pointer;
   4455  1.4  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4456  1.1     skrll       return;
   4457  1.1     skrll     }
   4458  1.1     skrll 
   4459  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->framesize = val;
   4460  1.1     skrll 
   4461  1.1     skrll   ra = tc_get_register (1);
   4462  1.1     skrll   if (ra != AXP_REG_RA)
   4463  1.1     skrll     as_warn (_("Bad RA (%d) register for .frame"), ra);
   4464  1.3  christos 
   4465  1.3  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4466  1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',')
   4467  1.3  christos     {
   4468  1.3  christos       as_warn (_("Bad .frame directive 3./4. param"));
   4469  1.3  christos       --input_line_pointer;
   4470  1.3  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4471  1.3  christos       return;
   4472  1.3  christos     }
   4473  1.9  christos   alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset = get_absolute_expression ();
   4474  1.9  christos }
   4475  1.1     skrll 
   4476  1.1     skrll /* Parse .prologue.  */
   4477  1.4  christos 
   4478  1.3  christos static void
   4479  1.3  christos s_alpha_prologue (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4480  1.1     skrll {
   4481  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4482  1.1     skrll   alpha_prologue_label = symbol_new (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, frag_now,
   4483  1.1     skrll 				     frag_now_fix ());
   4484  1.1     skrll }
   4485  1.5  christos 
   4486  1.1     skrll /* Parse .pdesc <entry_name>,{null|stack|reg}
   4487  1.1     skrll    Insert a procedure descriptor.  */
   4488  1.4  christos 
   4489  1.4  christos static void
   4490  1.1     skrll s_alpha_pdesc (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4491  1.4  christos {
   4492  1.1     skrll   char *name;
   4493  1.1     skrll   char name_end;
   4494  1.1     skrll   char *p;
   4495  1.1     skrll   expressionS exp;
   4496  1.1     skrll   symbolS *entry_sym;
   4497  1.1     skrll   const char *entry_sym_name;
   4498  1.1     skrll   const char *pdesc_sym_name;
   4499  1.3  christos   fixS *fixp;
   4500  1.3  christos   size_t len;
   4501  1.1     skrll 
   4502  1.4  christos   if (now_seg != alpha_link_section)
   4503  1.1     skrll     {
   4504  1.1     skrll       as_bad (_(".pdesc directive not in link (.link) section"));
   4505  1.5  christos       return;
   4506  1.3  christos     }
   4507  1.4  christos 
   4508  1.5  christos   expression (&exp);
   4509  1.4  christos   if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
   4510  1.3  christos     {
   4511  1.4  christos       as_bad (_(".pdesc directive has no entry symbol"));
   4512  1.1     skrll       return;
   4513  1.4  christos     }
   4514  1.1     skrll 
   4515  1.1     skrll   entry_sym = make_expr_symbol (&exp);
   4516  1.4  christos   entry_sym_name = S_GET_NAME (entry_sym);
   4517  1.4  christos 
   4518  1.1     skrll   /* Strip "..en".  */
   4519  1.4  christos   len = strlen (entry_sym_name);
   4520  1.4  christos   if (len < 4 || strcmp (entry_sym_name + len - 4, "..en") != 0)
   4521  1.4  christos     {
   4522  1.4  christos       as_bad (_(".pdesc has a bad entry symbol"));
   4523  1.4  christos       return;
   4524  1.4  christos     }
   4525  1.4  christos   len -= 4;
   4526  1.4  christos   pdesc_sym_name = S_GET_NAME (alpha_evax_proc->symbol);
   4527  1.1     skrll 
   4528  1.4  christos   if (!alpha_evax_proc
   4529  1.4  christos       || !S_IS_DEFINED (alpha_evax_proc->symbol)
   4530  1.5  christos       || strlen (pdesc_sym_name) != len
   4531  1.3  christos       || memcmp (entry_sym_name, pdesc_sym_name, len) != 0)
   4532  1.3  christos     {
   4533  1.3  christos       as_fatal (_(".pdesc doesn't match with last .ent"));
   4534  1.3  christos       return;
   4535  1.5  christos     }
   4536  1.1     skrll 
   4537  1.1     skrll   /* Define pdesc symbol.  */
   4538  1.1     skrll   symbol_set_value_now (alpha_evax_proc->symbol);
   4539  1.1     skrll 
   4540  1.1     skrll   /* Save bfd symbol of proc entry in function symbol.  */
   4541  1.1     skrll   ((struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
   4542  1.1     skrll      symbol_get_bfdsym (alpha_evax_proc->symbol)->udata.p)->enbsym
   4543  1.1     skrll        = symbol_get_bfdsym (entry_sym);
   4544  1.1     skrll 
   4545  1.5  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4546  1.1     skrll   if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',')
   4547  1.9  christos     {
   4548  1.3  christos       as_warn (_("No comma after .pdesc <entryname>"));
   4549  1.1     skrll       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4550  1.9  christos       return;
   4551  1.3  christos     }
   4552  1.1     skrll 
   4553  1.9  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4554  1.3  christos   name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4555  1.1     skrll 
   4556  1.1     skrll   if (startswith (name, "stack"))
   4557  1.1     skrll     alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK;
   4558  1.5  christos 
   4559  1.1     skrll   else if (startswith (name, "reg"))
   4560  1.1     skrll     alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER;
   4561  1.1     skrll 
   4562  1.1     skrll   else if (startswith (name, "null"))
   4563  1.1     skrll     alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL;
   4564  1.5  christos 
   4565  1.1     skrll   else
   4566  1.1     skrll     {
   4567  1.1     skrll       (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4568  1.1     skrll       as_fatal (_("unknown procedure kind"));
   4569  1.1     skrll       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4570  1.1     skrll       return;
   4571  1.1     skrll     }
   4572  1.1     skrll 
   4573  1.1     skrll   (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4574  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4575  1.1     skrll 
   4576  1.3  christos #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
   4577  1.3  christos   md_flush_pending_output ();
   4578  1.3  christos #endif
   4579  1.3  christos 
   4580  1.1     skrll   frag_align (3, 0, 0);
   4581  1.1     skrll   p = frag_more (16);
   4582  1.3  christos   fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0);
   4583  1.1     skrll   fixp->fx_done = 1;
   4584  1.1     skrll 
   4585  1.1     skrll   *p = alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind
   4586  1.1     skrll     | ((alpha_evax_proc->framereg == 29) ? PDSC_S_M_BASE_REG_IS_FP : 0)
   4587  1.1     skrll     | ((alpha_evax_proc->handler) ? PDSC_S_M_HANDLER_VALID : 0)
   4588  1.1     skrll     | ((alpha_evax_proc->handler_data) ? PDSC_S_M_HANDLER_DATA_VALID : 0);
   4589  1.3  christos   *(p + 1) = PDSC_S_M_NATIVE | PDSC_S_M_NO_JACKET;
   4590  1.3  christos 
   4591  1.1     skrll   switch (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind)
   4592  1.1     skrll     {
   4593  1.3  christos     case PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL:
   4594  1.1     skrll       *(p + 2) = 0;
   4595  1.1     skrll       *(p + 3) = 0;
   4596  1.1     skrll       break;
   4597  1.1     skrll     case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER:
   4598  1.1     skrll       *(p + 2) = alpha_evax_proc->fp_save;
   4599  1.1     skrll       *(p + 3) = alpha_evax_proc->ra_save;
   4600  1.3  christos       break;
   4601  1.1     skrll     case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK:
   4602  1.1     skrll       md_number_to_chars (p + 2, (valueT) alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset, 2);
   4603  1.1     skrll       break;
   4604  1.1     skrll     default:		/* impossible */
   4605  1.4  christos       break;
   4606  1.4  christos     }
   4607  1.1     skrll 
   4608  1.3  christos   *(p + 4) = 0;
   4609  1.1     skrll   *(p + 5) = alpha_evax_proc->type & 0x0f;
   4610  1.1     skrll 
   4611  1.4  christos   /* Signature offset.  */
   4612  1.3  christos   md_number_to_chars (p + 6, (valueT) 0, 2);
   4613  1.3  christos 
   4614  1.1     skrll   fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal + 8,
   4615  1.1     skrll                8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
   4616  1.1     skrll 
   4617  1.3  christos   if (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL)
   4618  1.3  christos     return;
   4619  1.3  christos 
   4620  1.3  christos   /* pdesc+16: Size.  */
   4621  1.1     skrll   p = frag_more (6);
   4622  1.3  christos   md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT) alpha_evax_proc->framesize, 4);
   4623  1.1     skrll   md_number_to_chars (p + 4, (valueT) 0, 2);
   4624  1.1     skrll 
   4625  1.4  christos   /* Entry length.  */
   4626  1.1     skrll   exp.X_op = O_subtract;
   4627  1.3  christos   exp.X_add_symbol = alpha_prologue_label;
   4628  1.3  christos   exp.X_op_symbol = entry_sym;
   4629  1.3  christos   emit_expr (&exp, 2);
   4630  1.3  christos 
   4631  1.3  christos   if (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER)
   4632  1.3  christos     return;
   4633  1.3  christos 
   4634  1.3  christos   /* pdesc+24: register masks.  */
   4635  1.3  christos   p = frag_more (8);
   4636  1.3  christos   md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->imask, 4);
   4637  1.3  christos   md_number_to_chars (p + 4, alpha_evax_proc->fmask, 4);
   4638  1.3  christos 
   4639  1.3  christos   if (alpha_evax_proc->handler)
   4640  1.3  christos     {
   4641  1.3  christos       p = frag_more (8);
   4642  1.1     skrll       fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8,
   4643  1.1     skrll 	              alpha_evax_proc->handler, 0, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
   4644  1.1     skrll     }
   4645  1.1     skrll 
   4646  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_evax_proc->handler_data)
   4647  1.1     skrll     {
   4648  1.1     skrll       p = frag_more (8);
   4649  1.1     skrll       md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->handler_data, 8);
   4650  1.1     skrll     }
   4651  1.1     skrll }
   4652  1.1     skrll 
   4653  1.1     skrll /* Support for crash debug on vms.  */
   4654  1.1     skrll 
   4655  1.1     skrll static void
   4656  1.1     skrll s_alpha_name (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4657  1.1     skrll {
   4658  1.1     skrll   char *p;
   4659  1.1     skrll   expressionS exp;
   4660  1.1     skrll 
   4661  1.1     skrll   if (now_seg != alpha_link_section)
   4662  1.1     skrll     {
   4663  1.1     skrll       as_bad (_(".name directive not in link (.link) section"));
   4664  1.1     skrll       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4665  1.1     skrll       return;
   4666  1.1     skrll     }
   4667  1.1     skrll 
   4668  1.1     skrll   expression (&exp);
   4669  1.1     skrll   if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
   4670  1.1     skrll     {
   4671  1.1     skrll       as_warn (_(".name directive has no symbol"));
   4672  1.1     skrll       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4673  1.1     skrll       return;
   4674  1.1     skrll     }
   4675  1.1     skrll 
   4676  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4677  1.1     skrll 
   4678  1.1     skrll #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
   4679  1.3  christos   md_flush_pending_output ();
   4680  1.3  christos #endif
   4681  1.3  christos 
   4682  1.1     skrll   frag_align (3, 0, 0);
   4683  1.1     skrll   p = frag_more (8);
   4684  1.1     skrll 
   4685  1.1     skrll   fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
   4686  1.1     skrll }
   4687  1.3  christos 
   4688  1.1     skrll /* Parse .linkage <symbol>.
   4689  1.1     skrll    Create a linkage pair relocation.  */
   4690  1.1     skrll 
   4691  1.1     skrll static void
   4692  1.1     skrll s_alpha_linkage (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4693  1.1     skrll {
   4694  1.1     skrll   expressionS exp;
   4695  1.1     skrll   char *p;
   4696  1.1     skrll   fixS *fixp;
   4697  1.1     skrll 
   4698  1.1     skrll #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
   4699  1.1     skrll   md_flush_pending_output ();
   4700  1.3  christos #endif
   4701  1.5  christos 
   4702  1.1     skrll   expression (&exp);
   4703  1.1     skrll   if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
   4704  1.3  christos     {
   4705  1.4  christos       as_fatal (_("No symbol after .linkage"));
   4706  1.3  christos     }
   4707  1.3  christos   else
   4708  1.4  christos     {
   4709  1.9  christos       struct alpha_linkage_fixups *linkage_fixup;
   4710  1.9  christos 
   4711  1.4  christos       p = frag_more (LKP_S_K_SIZE);
   4712  1.4  christos       memset (p, 0, LKP_S_K_SIZE);
   4713  1.6  christos       fixp = fix_new_exp
   4714  1.3  christos 	(frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, LKP_S_K_SIZE, &exp, 0,
   4715  1.4  christos 	 BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE);
   4716  1.3  christos 
   4717  1.3  christos       if (alpha_insn_label == NULL)
   4718  1.4  christos 	alpha_insn_label = symbol_new (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, frag_now,
   4719  1.4  christos 				       frag_now_fix ());
   4720  1.4  christos 
   4721  1.3  christos       /* Create a linkage element.  */
   4722  1.4  christos       linkage_fixup = XNEW (struct alpha_linkage_fixups);
   4723  1.4  christos       linkage_fixup->fixp = fixp;
   4724  1.1     skrll       linkage_fixup->next = NULL;
   4725  1.1     skrll       linkage_fixup->label = alpha_insn_label;
   4726  1.1     skrll 
   4727  1.1     skrll       /* Append it to the list.  */
   4728  1.3  christos       if (alpha_linkage_fixup_root == NULL)
   4729  1.3  christos         alpha_linkage_fixup_root = linkage_fixup;
   4730  1.3  christos       else
   4731  1.1     skrll         alpha_linkage_fixup_tail->next = linkage_fixup;
   4732  1.1     skrll       alpha_linkage_fixup_tail = linkage_fixup;
   4733  1.1     skrll     }
   4734  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4735  1.1     skrll }
   4736  1.1     skrll 
   4737  1.1     skrll /* Parse .code_address <symbol>.
   4738  1.1     skrll    Create a code address relocation.  */
   4739  1.1     skrll 
   4740  1.1     skrll static void
   4741  1.1     skrll s_alpha_code_address (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4742  1.1     skrll {
   4743  1.1     skrll   expressionS exp;
   4744  1.1     skrll   char *p;
   4745  1.1     skrll 
   4746  1.1     skrll #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
   4747  1.1     skrll   md_flush_pending_output ();
   4748  1.1     skrll #endif
   4749  1.1     skrll 
   4750  1.1     skrll   expression (&exp);
   4751  1.1     skrll   if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
   4752  1.1     skrll     as_fatal (_("No symbol after .code_address"));
   4753  1.1     skrll   else
   4754  1.1     skrll     {
   4755  1.1     skrll       p = frag_more (8);
   4756  1.1     skrll       memset (p, 0, 8);
   4757  1.3  christos       fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0,\
   4758  1.1     skrll 		   BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR);
   4759  1.1     skrll     }
   4760  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4761  1.1     skrll }
   4762  1.1     skrll 
   4763  1.1     skrll static void
   4764  1.1     skrll s_alpha_fp_save (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4765  1.1     skrll {
   4766  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->fp_save = tc_get_register (1);
   4767  1.1     skrll 
   4768  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4769  1.1     skrll }
   4770  1.1     skrll 
   4771  1.1     skrll static void
   4772  1.1     skrll s_alpha_mask (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4773  1.1     skrll {
   4774  1.3  christos   long val;
   4775  1.1     skrll 
   4776  1.1     skrll   if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   4777  1.1     skrll     {
   4778  1.1     skrll       as_warn (_("Bad .mask directive"));
   4779  1.1     skrll       --input_line_pointer;
   4780  1.1     skrll     }
   4781  1.1     skrll   else
   4782  1.1     skrll     {
   4783  1.1     skrll       alpha_evax_proc->imask = val;
   4784  1.1     skrll       (void) get_absolute_expression ();
   4785  1.1     skrll     }
   4786  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4787  1.1     skrll }
   4788  1.1     skrll 
   4789  1.1     skrll static void
   4790  1.1     skrll s_alpha_fmask (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4791  1.1     skrll {
   4792  1.3  christos   long val;
   4793  1.1     skrll 
   4794  1.1     skrll   if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   4795  1.1     skrll     {
   4796  1.1     skrll       as_warn (_("Bad .fmask directive"));
   4797  1.1     skrll       --input_line_pointer;
   4798  1.1     skrll     }
   4799  1.1     skrll   else
   4800  1.1     skrll     {
   4801  1.5  christos       alpha_evax_proc->fmask = val;
   4802  1.1     skrll       (void) get_absolute_expression ();
   4803  1.1     skrll     }
   4804  1.5  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4805  1.5  christos }
   4806  1.1     skrll 
   4807  1.4  christos static void
   4808  1.1     skrll s_alpha_end (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4809  1.1     skrll {
   4810  1.1     skrll   char *name;
   4811  1.1     skrll   char c;
   4812  1.1     skrll 
   4813  1.1     skrll   c = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4814  1.1     skrll   (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
   4815  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4816  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc = NULL;
   4817  1.1     skrll }
   4818  1.1     skrll 
   4819  1.1     skrll static void
   4820  1.1     skrll s_alpha_file (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4821  1.1     skrll {
   4822  1.1     skrll   symbolS *s;
   4823  1.1     skrll   int length;
   4824  1.1     skrll   static char case_hack[32];
   4825  1.1     skrll 
   4826  1.1     skrll   sprintf (case_hack, "<CASE:%01d%01d>",
   4827  1.1     skrll 	   alpha_flag_hash_long_names, alpha_flag_show_after_trunc);
   4828  1.1     skrll 
   4829  1.1     skrll   s = symbol_find_or_make (case_hack);
   4830  1.1     skrll   symbol_get_bfdsym (s)->flags |= BSF_FILE;
   4831  1.1     skrll 
   4832  1.1     skrll   get_absolute_expression ();
   4833  1.1     skrll   s = symbol_find_or_make (demand_copy_string (&length));
   4834  1.1     skrll   symbol_get_bfdsym (s)->flags |= BSF_FILE;
   4835  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4836  1.1     skrll }
   4837  1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_EVAX  */
   4838  1.1     skrll 
   4839  1.1     skrll /* Handle the .gprel32 pseudo op.  */
   4840  1.1     skrll 
   4841  1.1     skrll static void
   4842  1.1     skrll s_alpha_gprel32 (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4843  1.1     skrll {
   4844  1.1     skrll   expressionS e;
   4845  1.1     skrll   char *p;
   4846  1.1     skrll 
   4847  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4848  1.1     skrll   expression (&e);
   4849  1.1     skrll 
   4850  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   4851  1.1     skrll   switch (e.X_op)
   4852  1.1     skrll     {
   4853  1.1     skrll     case O_constant:
   4854  1.1     skrll       e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol (absolute_section);
   4855  1.1     skrll       e.X_op = O_symbol;
   4856  1.1     skrll       /* FALLTHRU */
   4857  1.1     skrll     case O_symbol:
   4858  1.1     skrll       break;
   4859  1.1     skrll     default:
   4860  1.1     skrll       abort ();
   4861  1.1     skrll     }
   4862  1.1     skrll #else
   4863  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   4864  1.1     skrll   switch (e.X_op)
   4865  1.1     skrll     {
   4866  1.1     skrll     case O_constant:
   4867  1.1     skrll       e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol (absolute_section);
   4868  1.1     skrll       /* fall through */
   4869  1.1     skrll     case O_symbol:
   4870  1.1     skrll       e.X_op = O_subtract;
   4871  1.1     skrll       e.X_op_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol;
   4872  1.1     skrll       break;
   4873  1.1     skrll     default:
   4874  1.1     skrll       abort ();
   4875  1.1     skrll     }
   4876  1.1     skrll #endif
   4877  1.1     skrll #endif
   4878  1.1     skrll 
   4879  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2)
   4880  1.1     skrll     alpha_align (2, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
   4881  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_current_align > 2)
   4882  1.1     skrll     alpha_current_align = 2;
   4883  1.7  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   4884  1.1     skrll 
   4885  1.1     skrll   p = frag_more (4);
   4886  1.1     skrll   memset (p, 0, 4);
   4887  1.1     skrll   fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
   4888  1.1     skrll 	       &e, 0, BFD_RELOC_GPREL32);
   4889  1.1     skrll }
   4890  1.1     skrll 
   4891  1.1     skrll /* Handle floating point allocation pseudo-ops.  This is like the
   4892  1.1     skrll    generic version, but it makes sure the current label, if any, is
   4893  1.1     skrll    correctly aligned.  */
   4894  1.1     skrll 
   4895  1.1     skrll static void
   4896  1.1     skrll s_alpha_float_cons (int type)
   4897  1.1     skrll {
   4898  1.1     skrll   int log_size;
   4899  1.1     skrll 
   4900  1.1     skrll   switch (type)
   4901  1.1     skrll     {
   4902  1.1     skrll     default:
   4903  1.1     skrll     case 'f':
   4904  1.1     skrll     case 'F':
   4905  1.1     skrll       log_size = 2;
   4906  1.1     skrll       break;
   4907  1.1     skrll 
   4908  1.1     skrll     case 'd':
   4909  1.1     skrll     case 'D':
   4910  1.1     skrll     case 'G':
   4911  1.1     skrll       log_size = 3;
   4912  1.1     skrll       break;
   4913  1.1     skrll 
   4914  1.1     skrll     case 'x':
   4915  1.1     skrll     case 'X':
   4916  1.1     skrll     case 'p':
   4917  1.1     skrll     case 'P':
   4918  1.1     skrll       log_size = 4;
   4919  1.1     skrll       break;
   4920  1.1     skrll     }
   4921  1.1     skrll 
   4922  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size)
   4923  1.1     skrll     alpha_align (log_size, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
   4924  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_current_align > log_size)
   4925  1.1     skrll     alpha_current_align = log_size;
   4926  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   4927  1.1     skrll 
   4928  1.1     skrll   float_cons (type);
   4929  1.1     skrll }
   4930  1.1     skrll 
   4931  1.1     skrll /* Handle the .proc pseudo op.  We don't really do much with it except
   4932  1.1     skrll    parse it.  */
   4933  1.1     skrll 
   4934  1.1     skrll static void
   4935  1.1     skrll s_alpha_proc (int is_static ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4936  1.5  christos {
   4937  1.1     skrll   char *name;
   4938  1.1     skrll   char c;
   4939  1.1     skrll   char *p;
   4940  1.5  christos   symbolS *symbolP;
   4941  1.1     skrll   int temp;
   4942  1.1     skrll 
   4943  1.1     skrll   /* Takes ".proc name,nargs".  */
   4944  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4945  1.1     skrll   c = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4946  1.1     skrll   p = input_line_pointer;
   4947  1.1     skrll   symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   4948  1.1     skrll   *p = c;
   4949  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
   4950  1.1     skrll   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4951  1.1     skrll     {
   4952  1.1     skrll       *p = 0;
   4953  1.1     skrll       as_warn (_("Expected comma after name \"%s\""), name);
   4954  1.1     skrll       *p = c;
   4955  1.3  christos       temp = 0;
   4956  1.1     skrll       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4957  1.1     skrll     }
   4958  1.1     skrll   else
   4959  1.1     skrll     {
   4960  1.1     skrll       input_line_pointer++;
   4961  1.1     skrll       temp = get_absolute_expression ();
   4962  1.1     skrll     }
   4963  1.1     skrll   /*  *symbol_get_obj (symbolP) = (signed char) temp; */
   4964  1.1     skrll   (void) symbolP;
   4965  1.1     skrll   as_warn (_("unhandled: .proc %s,%d"), name, temp);
   4966  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4967  1.1     skrll }
   4968  1.1     skrll 
   4969  1.1     skrll /* Handle the .set pseudo op.  This is used to turn on and off most of
   4970  1.1     skrll    the assembler features.  */
   4971  1.5  christos 
   4972  1.1     skrll static void
   4973  1.1     skrll s_alpha_set (int x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4974  1.1     skrll {
   4975  1.1     skrll   char *name, ch, *s;
   4976  1.1     skrll   int yesno = 1;
   4977  1.1     skrll 
   4978  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4979  1.1     skrll 
   4980  1.1     skrll   ch = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4981  1.1     skrll   s = name;
   4982  1.1     skrll   if (s[0] == 'n' && s[1] == 'o')
   4983  1.1     skrll     {
   4984  1.1     skrll       yesno = 0;
   4985  1.1     skrll       s += 2;
   4986  1.1     skrll     }
   4987  1.1     skrll   if (!strcmp ("reorder", s))
   4988  1.1     skrll     /* ignore */ ;
   4989  1.1     skrll   else if (!strcmp ("at", s))
   4990  1.1     skrll     alpha_noat_on = !yesno;
   4991  1.5  christos   else if (!strcmp ("macro", s))
   4992  1.1     skrll     alpha_macros_on = yesno;
   4993  1.1     skrll   else if (!strcmp ("move", s))
   4994  1.1     skrll     /* ignore */ ;
   4995  1.1     skrll   else if (!strcmp ("volatile", s))
   4996  1.1     skrll     /* ignore */ ;
   4997  1.1     skrll   else
   4998  1.1     skrll     as_warn (_("Tried to .set unrecognized mode `%s'"), name);
   4999  1.1     skrll 
   5000  1.1     skrll   (void) restore_line_pointer (ch);
   5001  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   5002  1.1     skrll }
   5003  1.1     skrll 
   5004  1.1     skrll /* Handle the .base pseudo op.  This changes the assembler's notion of
   5005  1.1     skrll    the $gp register.  */
   5006  1.1     skrll 
   5007  1.1     skrll static void
   5008  1.1     skrll s_alpha_base (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   5009  1.1     skrll {
   5010  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   5011  1.1     skrll 
   5012  1.1     skrll   if (*input_line_pointer == '$')
   5013  1.1     skrll     {
   5014  1.1     skrll       /* $rNN form.  */
   5015  1.1     skrll       input_line_pointer++;
   5016  1.1     skrll       if (*input_line_pointer == 'r')
   5017  1.1     skrll 	input_line_pointer++;
   5018  1.1     skrll     }
   5019  1.1     skrll 
   5020  1.1     skrll   alpha_gp_register = get_absolute_expression ();
   5021  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_gp_register < 0 || alpha_gp_register > 31)
   5022  1.1     skrll     {
   5023  1.1     skrll       alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP;
   5024  1.1     skrll       as_warn (_("Bad base register, using $%d."), alpha_gp_register);
   5025  1.1     skrll     }
   5026  1.1     skrll 
   5027  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   5028  1.1     skrll }
   5029  1.1     skrll 
   5030  1.3  christos /* Handle the .align pseudo-op.  This aligns to a power of two.  It
   5031  1.1     skrll    also adjusts any current instruction label.  We treat this the same
   5032  1.1     skrll    way the MIPS port does: .align 0 turns off auto alignment.  */
   5033  1.1     skrll 
   5034  1.1     skrll static void
   5035  1.1     skrll s_alpha_align (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   5036  1.1     skrll {
   5037  1.1     skrll   int align;
   5038  1.1     skrll   char fill, *pfill;
   5039  1.1     skrll   long max_alignment = 16;
   5040  1.1     skrll 
   5041  1.1     skrll   align = get_absolute_expression ();
   5042  1.1     skrll   if (align > max_alignment)
   5043  1.1     skrll     {
   5044  1.1     skrll       align = max_alignment;
   5045  1.1     skrll       as_bad (_("Alignment too large: %d. assumed"), align);
   5046  1.1     skrll     }
   5047  1.1     skrll   else if (align < 0)
   5048  1.1     skrll     {
   5049  1.1     skrll       as_warn (_("Alignment negative: 0 assumed"));
   5050  1.1     skrll       align = 0;
   5051  1.1     skrll     }
   5052  1.1     skrll 
   5053  1.1     skrll   if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   5054  1.1     skrll     {
   5055  1.1     skrll       input_line_pointer++;
   5056  1.4  christos       fill = get_absolute_expression ();
   5057  1.1     skrll       pfill = &fill;
   5058  1.1     skrll     }
   5059  1.1     skrll   else
   5060  1.1     skrll     pfill = NULL;
   5061  1.1     skrll 
   5062  1.4  christos   if (align != 0)
   5063  1.1     skrll     {
   5064  1.1     skrll       alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   5065  1.1     skrll       alpha_align (align, pfill, NULL, 1);
   5066  1.1     skrll     }
   5067  1.1     skrll   else
   5068  1.1     skrll     {
   5069  1.1     skrll       alpha_auto_align_on = 0;
   5070  1.1     skrll     }
   5071  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   5072  1.1     skrll 
   5073  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   5074  1.1     skrll }
   5075  1.1     skrll 
   5076  1.1     skrll /* Hook the normal string processor to reset known alignment.  */
   5077  1.1     skrll 
   5078  1.1     skrll static void
   5079  1.1     skrll s_alpha_stringer (int terminate)
   5080  1.1     skrll {
   5081  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   5082  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   5083  1.1     skrll   stringer (8 + terminate);
   5084  1.1     skrll }
   5085  1.1     skrll 
   5086  1.1     skrll /* Hook the normal space processing to reset known alignment.  */
   5087  1.1     skrll 
   5088  1.1     skrll static void
   5089  1.1     skrll s_alpha_space (int ignore)
   5090  1.1     skrll {
   5091  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   5092  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   5093  1.1     skrll   s_space (ignore);
   5094  1.1     skrll }
   5095  1.1     skrll 
   5096  1.1     skrll /* Hook into cons for auto-alignment.  */
   5097  1.1     skrll 
   5098  1.1     skrll void
   5099  1.1     skrll alpha_cons_align (int size)
   5100  1.1     skrll {
   5101  1.1     skrll   int log_size;
   5102  1.1     skrll 
   5103  1.1     skrll   log_size = 0;
   5104  1.1     skrll   while ((size >>= 1) != 0)
   5105  1.1     skrll     ++log_size;
   5106  1.1     skrll 
   5107  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size)
   5108  1.1     skrll     alpha_align (log_size, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
   5109  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_current_align > log_size)
   5110  1.1     skrll     alpha_current_align = log_size;
   5111  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   5112  1.1     skrll }
   5113  1.1     skrll 
   5114  1.1     skrll /* Here come the .uword, .ulong, and .uquad explicitly unaligned
   5115  1.1     skrll    pseudos.  We just turn off auto-alignment and call down to cons.  */
   5116  1.1     skrll 
   5117  1.1     skrll static void
   5118  1.1     skrll s_alpha_ucons (int bytes)
   5119  1.1     skrll {
   5120  1.1     skrll   int hold = alpha_auto_align_on;
   5121  1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 0;
   5122  1.1     skrll   cons (bytes);
   5123  1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = hold;
   5124  1.1     skrll }
   5125  1.1     skrll 
   5126  1.5  christos /* Switch the working cpu type.  */
   5127  1.5  christos 
   5128  1.1     skrll static void
   5129  1.1     skrll s_alpha_arch (int ignored ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   5130  1.1     skrll {
   5131  1.1     skrll   char *name, ch;
   5132  1.1     skrll   const struct cpu_type *p;
   5133  1.1     skrll 
   5134  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   5135  1.3  christos 
   5136  1.1     skrll   ch = get_symbol_name (&name);
   5137  1.9  christos 
   5138  1.5  christos   for (p = cpu_types; p->name; ++p)
   5139  1.1     skrll     if (strcmp (name, p->name) == 0)
   5140  1.1     skrll       {
   5141  1.1     skrll 	alpha_target_name = p->name, alpha_target = p->flags;
   5142  1.1     skrll 	goto found;
   5143  1.1     skrll       }
   5144  1.1     skrll   as_warn (_("Unknown CPU identifier `%s'"), name);
   5145  1.1     skrll 
   5146  1.1     skrll  found:
   5147  1.1     skrll   (void) restore_line_pointer (ch);
   5148  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   5149  1.1     skrll }
   5150  1.1     skrll 
   5151  1.1     skrll #ifdef DEBUG1
   5153  1.1     skrll /* print token expression with alpha specific extension.  */
   5154  1.1     skrll 
   5155  1.1     skrll static void
   5156  1.1     skrll alpha_print_token (FILE *f, const expressionS *exp)
   5157  1.1     skrll {
   5158  1.3  christos   switch (exp->X_op)
   5159  1.1     skrll     {
   5160  1.1     skrll     case O_cpregister:
   5161  1.1     skrll       putc (',', f);
   5162  1.1     skrll       /* FALLTHRU */
   5163  1.3  christos     case O_pregister:
   5164  1.1     skrll       putc ('(', f);
   5165  1.1     skrll       {
   5166  1.1     skrll 	expressionS nexp = *exp;
   5167  1.1     skrll 	nexp.X_op = O_register;
   5168  1.1     skrll 	print_expr_1 (f, &nexp);
   5169  1.1     skrll       }
   5170  1.1     skrll       putc (')', f);
   5171  1.1     skrll       break;
   5172  1.1     skrll     default:
   5173  1.1     skrll       print_expr_1 (f, exp);
   5174  1.1     skrll       break;
   5175  1.1     skrll     }
   5176  1.1     skrll }
   5177  1.1     skrll #endif
   5178  1.1     skrll 
   5179  1.1     skrll /* The target specific pseudo-ops which we support.  */
   5181  1.1     skrll 
   5182  1.1     skrll const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
   5183  1.1     skrll {
   5184  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5185  1.1     skrll   {"comm", s_alpha_comm, 0},	/* OSF1 compiler does this.  */
   5186  1.1     skrll   {"rdata", s_alpha_rdata, 0},
   5187  1.1     skrll #endif
   5188  1.1     skrll   {"text", s_alpha_text, 0},
   5189  1.3  christos   {"data", s_alpha_data, 0},
   5190  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5191  1.3  christos   {"sdata", s_alpha_sdata, 0},
   5192  1.3  christos #endif
   5193  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5194  1.3  christos   {"section", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5195  1.3  christos   {"section.s", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5196  1.3  christos   {"sect", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5197  1.3  christos   {"sect.s", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5198  1.3  christos #endif
   5199  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5200  1.3  christos   {"section", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5201  1.3  christos   {"literals", s_alpha_literals, 0},
   5202  1.3  christos   {"pdesc", s_alpha_pdesc, 0},
   5203  1.3  christos   {"name", s_alpha_name, 0},
   5204  1.3  christos   {"linkage", s_alpha_linkage, 0},
   5205  1.3  christos   {"code_address", s_alpha_code_address, 0},
   5206  1.3  christos   {"ent", s_alpha_ent, 0},
   5207  1.3  christos   {"frame", s_alpha_frame, 0},
   5208  1.3  christos   {"fp_save", s_alpha_fp_save, 0},
   5209  1.1     skrll   {"mask", s_alpha_mask, 0},
   5210  1.1     skrll   {"fmask", s_alpha_fmask, 0},
   5211  1.1     skrll   {"end", s_alpha_end, 0},
   5212  1.1     skrll   {"file", s_alpha_file, 0},
   5213  1.1     skrll   {"rdata", s_alpha_section, 1},
   5214  1.1     skrll   {"comm", s_alpha_comm, 0},
   5215  1.1     skrll   {"link", s_alpha_section, 3},
   5216  1.1     skrll   {"ctors", s_alpha_section, 4},
   5217  1.1     skrll   {"dtors", s_alpha_section, 5},
   5218  1.1     skrll   {"handler", s_alpha_handler, 0},
   5219  1.1     skrll   {"handler_data", s_alpha_handler, 1},
   5220  1.1     skrll #endif
   5221  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5222  1.1     skrll   /* Frame related pseudos.  */
   5223  1.1     skrll   {"ent", s_alpha_ent, 0},
   5224  1.1     skrll   {"end", s_alpha_end, 0},
   5225  1.1     skrll   {"mask", s_alpha_mask, 0},
   5226  1.1     skrll   {"fmask", s_alpha_mask, 1},
   5227  1.1     skrll   {"frame", s_alpha_frame, 0},
   5228  1.1     skrll   {"prologue", s_alpha_prologue, 0},
   5229  1.1     skrll   {"file", s_alpha_file, 5},
   5230  1.1     skrll   {"loc", s_alpha_loc, 9},
   5231  1.1     skrll   {"stabs", s_alpha_stab, 's'},
   5232  1.1     skrll   {"stabn", s_alpha_stab, 'n'},
   5233  1.3  christos   {"usepv", s_alpha_usepv, 0},
   5234  1.3  christos   /* COFF debugging related pseudos.  */
   5235  1.3  christos   {"begin", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 0},
   5236  1.1     skrll   {"bend", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 1},
   5237  1.1     skrll   {"def", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 2},
   5238  1.3  christos   {"dim", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 3},
   5239  1.1     skrll   {"endef", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 4},
   5240  1.1     skrll   {"scl", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 5},
   5241  1.1     skrll   {"tag", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 6},
   5242  1.1     skrll   {"val", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 7},
   5243  1.1     skrll #else
   5244  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5245  1.1     skrll   {"prologue", s_alpha_prologue, 0},
   5246  1.1     skrll #else
   5247  1.1     skrll   {"prologue", s_ignore, 0},
   5248  1.1     skrll #endif
   5249  1.1     skrll #endif
   5250  1.1     skrll   {"gprel32", s_alpha_gprel32, 0},
   5251  1.1     skrll   {"t_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'},
   5252  1.1     skrll   {"s_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
   5253  1.1     skrll   {"f_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'F'},
   5254  1.1     skrll   {"g_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'G'},
   5255  1.1     skrll   {"d_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'D'},
   5256  1.1     skrll 
   5257  1.1     skrll   {"proc", s_alpha_proc, 0},
   5258  1.1     skrll   {"aproc", s_alpha_proc, 1},
   5259  1.1     skrll   {"set", s_alpha_set, 0},
   5260  1.1     skrll   {"reguse", s_ignore, 0},
   5261  1.1     skrll   {"livereg", s_ignore, 0},
   5262  1.1     skrll   {"base", s_alpha_base, 0},		/*??*/
   5263  1.1     skrll   {"option", s_ignore, 0},
   5264  1.1     skrll   {"aent", s_ignore, 0},
   5265  1.1     skrll   {"ugen", s_ignore, 0},
   5266  1.1     skrll   {"eflag", s_ignore, 0},
   5267  1.1     skrll 
   5268  1.1     skrll   {"align", s_alpha_align, 0},
   5269  1.1     skrll   {"double", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'},
   5270  1.1     skrll   {"float", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
   5271  1.1     skrll   {"single", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
   5272  1.1     skrll   {"ascii", s_alpha_stringer, 0},
   5273  1.1     skrll   {"asciz", s_alpha_stringer, 1},
   5274  1.1     skrll   {"string", s_alpha_stringer, 1},
   5275  1.1     skrll   {"space", s_alpha_space, 0},
   5276  1.1     skrll   {"skip", s_alpha_space, 0},
   5277  1.1     skrll   {"zero", s_alpha_space, 0},
   5278  1.1     skrll 
   5279  1.1     skrll /* Unaligned data pseudos.  */
   5280  1.1     skrll   {"uword", s_alpha_ucons, 2},
   5281  1.1     skrll   {"ulong", s_alpha_ucons, 4},
   5282  1.1     skrll   {"uquad", s_alpha_ucons, 8},
   5283  1.1     skrll 
   5284  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5285  1.1     skrll /* Dwarf wants these versions of unaligned.  */
   5286  1.1     skrll   {"2byte", s_alpha_ucons, 2},
   5287  1.1     skrll   {"4byte", s_alpha_ucons, 4},
   5288  1.1     skrll   {"8byte", s_alpha_ucons, 8},
   5289  1.1     skrll #endif
   5290  1.1     skrll 
   5291  1.1     skrll /* We don't do any optimizing, so we can safely ignore these.  */
   5292  1.1     skrll   {"noalias", s_ignore, 0},
   5293  1.1     skrll   {"alias", s_ignore, 0},
   5294  1.1     skrll 
   5295  1.1     skrll   {"arch", s_alpha_arch, 0},
   5296  1.1     skrll 
   5297  1.1     skrll   {NULL, 0, 0},
   5298  1.1     skrll };
   5299  1.1     skrll 
   5300  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5302  1.1     skrll 
   5303  1.1     skrll /* @@@ GP selection voodoo.  All of this seems overly complicated and
   5304  1.1     skrll    unnecessary; which is the primary reason it's for ECOFF only.  */
   5305  1.1     skrll 
   5306  1.1     skrll static inline void
   5307  1.1     skrll maybe_set_gp (asection *sec)
   5308  1.1     skrll {
   5309  1.3  christos   bfd_vma vma;
   5310  1.1     skrll 
   5311  1.1     skrll   if (!sec)
   5312  1.1     skrll     return;
   5313  1.1     skrll   vma = bfd_section_vma (sec);
   5314  1.1     skrll   if (vma && vma < alpha_gp_value)
   5315  1.1     skrll     alpha_gp_value = vma;
   5316  1.1     skrll }
   5317  1.1     skrll 
   5318  1.1     skrll static void
   5319  1.1     skrll select_gp_value (void)
   5320  1.1     skrll {
   5321  1.1     skrll   gas_assert (alpha_gp_value == 0);
   5322  1.1     skrll 
   5323  1.1     skrll   /* Get minus-one in whatever width...  */
   5324  1.1     skrll   alpha_gp_value = 0;
   5325  1.1     skrll   alpha_gp_value--;
   5326  1.1     skrll 
   5327  1.1     skrll   /* Select the smallest VMA of these existing sections.  */
   5328  1.1     skrll   maybe_set_gp (alpha_lita_section);
   5329  1.1     skrll 
   5330  1.1     skrll /* @@ Will a simple 0x8000 work here?  If not, why not?  */
   5331  1.1     skrll #define GP_ADJUSTMENT	(0x8000 - 0x10)
   5332  1.1     skrll 
   5333  1.1     skrll   alpha_gp_value += GP_ADJUSTMENT;
   5334  1.3  christos 
   5335  1.6  christos   S_SET_VALUE (alpha_gp_symbol, alpha_gp_value);
   5336  1.1     skrll 
   5337  1.1     skrll #ifdef DEBUG1
   5338  1.1     skrll   printf (_("Chose GP value of %lx\n"), alpha_gp_value);
   5339  1.1     skrll #endif
   5340  1.3  christos }
   5341  1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
   5342  1.1     skrll 
   5343  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5344  1.1     skrll /* Map 's' to SHF_ALPHA_GPREL.  */
   5345  1.1     skrll 
   5346  1.1     skrll bfd_vma
   5347  1.3  christos alpha_elf_section_letter (int letter, const char **ptr_msg)
   5348  1.1     skrll {
   5349  1.1     skrll   if (letter == 's')
   5350  1.1     skrll     return SHF_ALPHA_GPREL;
   5351  1.1     skrll 
   5352  1.1     skrll   *ptr_msg = _("bad .section directive: want a,s,w,x,M,S,G,T in string");
   5353  1.1     skrll   return -1;
   5354  1.1     skrll }
   5355  1.1     skrll 
   5356  1.1     skrll /* Map SHF_ALPHA_GPREL to SEC_SMALL_DATA.  */
   5357  1.1     skrll 
   5358  1.1     skrll flagword
   5359  1.1     skrll alpha_elf_section_flags (flagword flags, bfd_vma attr, int type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   5360  1.1     skrll {
   5361  1.6  christos   if (attr & SHF_ALPHA_GPREL)
   5362  1.6  christos     flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA;
   5363  1.1     skrll   return flags;
   5364  1.1     skrll }
   5365  1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
   5366  1.1     skrll 
   5367  1.1     skrll /* This is called from HANDLE_ALIGN in write.c.  Fill in the contents
   5368  1.1     skrll    of an rs_align_code fragment.  */
   5369  1.1     skrll 
   5370  1.1     skrll void
   5371  1.1     skrll alpha_handle_align (fragS *fragp)
   5372  1.1     skrll {
   5373  1.1     skrll   static unsigned char const unop[4] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x2f };
   5374  1.1     skrll   static unsigned char const nopunop[8] =
   5375  1.1     skrll   {
   5376  1.1     skrll     0x1f, 0x04, 0xff, 0x47,
   5377  1.1     skrll     0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x2f
   5378  1.1     skrll   };
   5379  1.1     skrll 
   5380  1.1     skrll   int bytes, fix;
   5381  1.1     skrll   char *p;
   5382  1.1     skrll 
   5383  1.1     skrll   if (fragp->fr_type != rs_align_code)
   5384  1.1     skrll     return;
   5385  1.1     skrll 
   5386  1.1     skrll   bytes = fragp->fr_next->fr_address - fragp->fr_address - fragp->fr_fix;
   5387  1.1     skrll   p = fragp->fr_literal + fragp->fr_fix;
   5388  1.1     skrll   fix = 0;
   5389  1.1     skrll 
   5390  1.1     skrll   if (bytes & 3)
   5391  1.1     skrll     {
   5392  1.1     skrll       fix = bytes & 3;
   5393  1.1     skrll       memset (p, 0, fix);
   5394  1.1     skrll       p += fix;
   5395  1.1     skrll       bytes -= fix;
   5396  1.1     skrll     }
   5397  1.1     skrll 
   5398  1.1     skrll   if (bytes & 4)
   5399  1.1     skrll     {
   5400  1.1     skrll       memcpy (p, unop, 4);
   5401  1.1     skrll       p += 4;
   5402  1.1     skrll       bytes -= 4;
   5403  1.1     skrll       fix += 4;
   5404  1.1     skrll     }
   5405  1.1     skrll 
   5406  1.1     skrll   memcpy (p, nopunop, 8);
   5407  1.1     skrll 
   5408  1.1     skrll   fragp->fr_fix += fix;
   5409  1.1     skrll   fragp->fr_var = 8;
   5410  1.1     skrll }
   5411  1.1     skrll 
   5412  1.1     skrll /* Public interface functions.  */
   5414  1.1     skrll 
   5415  1.1     skrll /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time.  It sets
   5416  1.3  christos    up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will
   5417  1.1     skrll    need, that can be determined before arguments are parsed.  */
   5418  1.1     skrll 
   5419  1.1     skrll void
   5420  1.9  christos md_begin (void)
   5421  1.1     skrll {
   5422  1.1     skrll   unsigned int i;
   5423  1.1     skrll 
   5424  1.9  christos   /* Verify that X_op field is wide enough.  */
   5425  1.1     skrll   {
   5426  1.1     skrll     expressionS e;
   5427  1.9  christos 
   5428  1.9  christos     e.X_op = O_max;
   5429  1.1     skrll     gas_assert (e.X_op == O_max);
   5430  1.1     skrll   }
   5431  1.1     skrll 
   5432  1.1     skrll   /* Create the opcode hash table.  */
   5433  1.1     skrll   alpha_opcode_hash = str_htab_create ();
   5434  1.1     skrll 
   5435  1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_opcodes;)
   5436  1.1     skrll     {
   5437  1.6  christos       const char *name, *slash;
   5438  1.1     skrll 
   5439  1.1     skrll       name = alpha_opcodes[i].name;
   5440  1.1     skrll       if (str_hash_insert (alpha_opcode_hash, name, &alpha_opcodes[i], 0))
   5441  1.1     skrll 	as_fatal (_("duplicate %s"), name);
   5442  1.9  christos 
   5443  1.1     skrll       /* Some opcodes include modifiers of various sorts with a "/mod"
   5444  1.1     skrll 	 syntax, like the architecture manual suggests.  However, for
   5445  1.1     skrll 	 use with gcc at least, we also need access to those same opcodes
   5446  1.1     skrll 	 without the "/".  */
   5447  1.1     skrll 
   5448  1.1     skrll       if ((slash = strchr (name, '/')) != NULL)
   5449  1.1     skrll 	{
   5450  1.1     skrll 	  char *p = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (name));
   5451  1.1     skrll 
   5452  1.1     skrll 	  memcpy (p, name, slash - name);
   5453  1.1     skrll 	  strcpy (p + (slash - name), slash + 1);
   5454  1.9  christos 
   5455  1.1     skrll 	  (void) str_hash_insert (alpha_opcode_hash, p, &alpha_opcodes[i], 0);
   5456  1.1     skrll 	  /* Ignore failures -- the opcode table does duplicate some
   5457  1.1     skrll 	     variants in different forms, like "hw_stq" and "hw_st/q".  */
   5458  1.9  christos 	}
   5459  1.1     skrll 
   5460  1.1     skrll       while (++i < alpha_num_opcodes
   5461  1.9  christos 	     && (alpha_opcodes[i].name == name
   5462  1.9  christos 		 || !strcmp (alpha_opcodes[i].name, name)))
   5463  1.1     skrll 	continue;
   5464  1.1     skrll     }
   5465  1.1     skrll 
   5466  1.1     skrll   /* Create the macro hash table.  */
   5467  1.1     skrll   alpha_macro_hash = str_htab_create ();
   5468  1.1     skrll 
   5469  1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_macros;)
   5470  1.1     skrll     {
   5471  1.1     skrll       const char *name;
   5472  1.1     skrll 
   5473  1.1     skrll       name = alpha_macros[i].name;
   5474  1.1     skrll       if (str_hash_insert (alpha_macro_hash, name, &alpha_macros[i], 0))
   5475  1.1     skrll 	as_fatal (_("duplicate %s"), name);
   5476  1.9  christos 
   5477  1.9  christos       while (++i < alpha_num_macros
   5478  1.1     skrll 	     && (alpha_macros[i].name == name
   5479  1.1     skrll 		 || !strcmp (alpha_macros[i].name, name)))
   5480  1.1     skrll 	continue;
   5481  1.1     skrll     }
   5482  1.1     skrll 
   5483  1.1     skrll   /* Construct symbols for each of the registers.  */
   5484  1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < 32; ++i)
   5485  1.9  christos     {
   5486  1.9  christos       char name[4];
   5487  1.1     skrll 
   5488  1.1     skrll       sprintf (name, "$%d", i);
   5489  1.1     skrll       alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create (name, reg_section,
   5490  1.1     skrll 					       &zero_address_frag, i);
   5491  1.1     skrll     }
   5492  1.1     skrll 
   5493  1.1     skrll   for (; i < 64; ++i)
   5494  1.1     skrll     {
   5495  1.1     skrll       char name[5];
   5496  1.1     skrll 
   5497  1.1     skrll       sprintf (name, "$f%d", i - 32);
   5498  1.1     skrll       alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create (name, reg_section,
   5499  1.9  christos 					       &zero_address_frag, i);
   5500  1.9  christos     }
   5501  1.1     skrll 
   5502  1.1     skrll   /* Create the special symbols and sections we'll be using.  */
   5503  1.1     skrll 
   5504  1.1     skrll   /* So .sbss will get used for tiny objects.  */
   5505  1.1     skrll   bfd_set_gp_size (stdoutput, g_switch_value);
   5506  1.1     skrll 
   5507  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5508  1.1     skrll   create_literal_section (".lita", &alpha_lita_section, &alpha_lita_symbol);
   5509  1.1     skrll 
   5510  1.1     skrll   /* For handling the GP, create a symbol that won't be output in the
   5511  1.8  christos      symbol table.  We'll edit it out of relocs later.  */
   5512  1.8  christos   alpha_gp_symbol = symbol_create ("<GP value>", alpha_lita_section,
   5513  1.1     skrll 				   &zero_address_frag, 0x8000);
   5514  1.1     skrll #endif
   5515  1.1     skrll 
   5516  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5517  1.9  christos   create_literal_section (".link", &alpha_link_section, &alpha_link_symbol);
   5518  1.1     skrll #endif
   5519  1.1     skrll 
   5520  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5521  1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   5522  1.1     skrll     {
   5523  1.1     skrll       segT sec = subseg_new (".mdebug", (subsegT) 0);
   5524  1.1     skrll       bfd_set_section_flags (sec, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY);
   5525  1.1     skrll       bfd_set_section_alignment (sec, 3);
   5526  1.1     skrll     }
   5527  1.1     skrll #endif
   5528  1.1     skrll 
   5529  1.1     skrll   /* Create literal lookup hash table.  */
   5530  1.1     skrll   alpha_literal_hash = str_htab_create ();
   5531  1.1     skrll 
   5532  1.1     skrll   subseg_set (text_section, 0);
   5533  1.1     skrll }
   5534  1.1     skrll 
   5535  1.1     skrll /* The public interface to the instruction assembler.  */
   5536  1.1     skrll 
   5537  1.1     skrll void
   5538  1.1     skrll md_assemble (char *str)
   5539  1.1     skrll {
   5540  1.1     skrll   /* Current maximum is 13.  */
   5541  1.1     skrll   char opname[32];
   5542  1.1     skrll   expressionS tok[MAX_INSN_ARGS];
   5543  1.1     skrll   int ntok, trunclen;
   5544  1.1     skrll   size_t opnamelen;
   5545  1.1     skrll 
   5546  1.1     skrll   /* Split off the opcode.  */
   5547  1.1     skrll   opnamelen = strspn (str, "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_/46819");
   5548  1.1     skrll   trunclen = (opnamelen < sizeof (opname) - 1
   5549  1.1     skrll 	      ? opnamelen
   5550  1.1     skrll 	      : sizeof (opname) - 1);
   5551  1.1     skrll   memcpy (opname, str, trunclen);
   5552  1.1     skrll   opname[trunclen] = '\0';
   5553  1.1     skrll 
   5554  1.1     skrll   /* Tokenize the rest of the line.  */
   5555  1.1     skrll   if ((ntok = tokenize_arguments (str + opnamelen, tok, MAX_INSN_ARGS)) < 0)
   5556  1.1     skrll     {
   5557  1.1     skrll       if (ntok != TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT)
   5558  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("syntax error"));
   5559  1.8  christos 
   5560  1.1     skrll       return;
   5561  1.1     skrll     }
   5562  1.1     skrll 
   5563  1.1     skrll   /* Finish it off.  */
   5564  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (opname, tok, ntok, alpha_macros_on);
   5565  1.1     skrll }
   5566  1.1     skrll 
   5567  1.1     skrll /* Round up a section's size to the appropriate boundary.  */
   5568  1.1     skrll 
   5569  1.1     skrll valueT
   5570  1.6  christos md_section_align (segT seg, valueT size)
   5571  1.1     skrll {
   5572  1.1     skrll   int align = bfd_section_alignment (seg);
   5573  1.6  christos   valueT mask = ((valueT) 1 << align) - 1;
   5574  1.1     skrll 
   5575  1.1     skrll   return (size + mask) & ~mask;
   5576  1.1     skrll }
   5577  1.1     skrll 
   5578  1.1     skrll /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant
   5579  1.1     skrll    of type TYPE, and store the appropriate bytes in *LITP.  The number
   5580  1.1     skrll    of LITTLENUMS emitted is stored in *SIZEP.  An error message is
   5581  1.7  christos    returned, or NULL on OK.  */
   5582  1.1     skrll 
   5583  1.1     skrll const char *
   5584  1.1     skrll md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
   5585  1.1     skrll {
   5586  1.1     skrll   extern const char *vax_md_atof (int, char *, int *);
   5587  1.9  christos 
   5588  1.1     skrll   switch (type)
   5589  1.1     skrll     {
   5590  1.1     skrll       /* VAX floats.  */
   5591  1.1     skrll     case 'G':
   5592  1.1     skrll       /* vax_md_atof() doesn't like "G" for some reason.  */
   5593  1.1     skrll       type = 'g';
   5594  1.6  christos       /* Fall through.  */
   5595  1.1     skrll     case 'F':
   5596  1.1     skrll     case 'D':
   5597  1.1     skrll       return vax_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP);
   5598  1.1     skrll 
   5599  1.1     skrll     default:
   5600  1.1     skrll       return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, false);
   5601  1.1     skrll     }
   5602  1.1     skrll }
   5603  1.1     skrll 
   5604  1.1     skrll /* Take care of the target-specific command-line options.  */
   5605  1.1     skrll 
   5606  1.1     skrll int
   5607  1.1     skrll md_parse_option (int c, const char *arg)
   5608  1.1     skrll {
   5609  1.1     skrll   switch (c)
   5610  1.1     skrll     {
   5611  1.1     skrll     case 'F':
   5612  1.1     skrll       alpha_nofloats_on = 1;
   5613  1.1     skrll       break;
   5614  1.1     skrll 
   5615  1.1     skrll     case OPTION_32ADDR:
   5616  1.1     skrll       alpha_addr32_on = 1;
   5617  1.1     skrll       break;
   5618  1.1     skrll 
   5619  1.1     skrll     case 'g':
   5620  1.1     skrll       alpha_debug = 1;
   5621  1.1     skrll       break;
   5622  1.1     skrll 
   5623  1.1     skrll     case 'G':
   5624  1.1     skrll       g_switch_value = atoi (arg);
   5625  1.1     skrll       break;
   5626  1.1     skrll 
   5627  1.1     skrll     case 'm':
   5628  1.1     skrll       {
   5629  1.1     skrll 	const struct cpu_type *p;
   5630  1.1     skrll 
   5631  1.1     skrll 	for (p = cpu_types; p->name; ++p)
   5632  1.1     skrll 	  if (strcmp (arg, p->name) == 0)
   5633  1.1     skrll 	    {
   5634  1.1     skrll 	      alpha_target_name = p->name, alpha_target = p->flags;
   5635  1.1     skrll 	      goto found;
   5636  1.1     skrll 	    }
   5637  1.1     skrll 	as_warn (_("Unknown CPU identifier `%s'"), arg);
   5638  1.1     skrll       found:;
   5639  1.1     skrll       }
   5640  1.3  christos       break;
   5641  1.3  christos 
   5642  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5643  1.3  christos     case '+':			/* For g++.  Hash any name > 63 chars long.  */
   5644  1.3  christos       alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 1;
   5645  1.3  christos       break;
   5646  1.3  christos 
   5647  1.3  christos     case 'H':			/* Show new symbol after hash truncation.  */
   5648  1.1     skrll       alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 1;
   5649  1.1     skrll       break;
   5650  1.1     skrll 
   5651  1.1     skrll     case 'h':			/* For gnu-c/vax compatibility.  */
   5652  1.1     skrll       break;
   5653  1.1     skrll 
   5654  1.1     skrll     case OPTION_REPLACE:
   5655  1.1     skrll       alpha_flag_replace = 1;
   5656  1.1     skrll       break;
   5657  1.1     skrll 
   5658  1.1     skrll     case OPTION_NOREPLACE:
   5659  1.1     skrll       alpha_flag_replace = 0;
   5660  1.1     skrll       break;
   5661  1.1     skrll #endif
   5662  1.1     skrll 
   5663  1.1     skrll     case OPTION_RELAX:
   5664  1.1     skrll       alpha_flag_relax = 1;
   5665  1.1     skrll       break;
   5666  1.1     skrll 
   5667  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5668  1.1     skrll     case OPTION_MDEBUG:
   5669  1.1     skrll       alpha_flag_mdebug = 1;
   5670  1.1     skrll       break;
   5671  1.1     skrll     case OPTION_NO_MDEBUG:
   5672  1.1     skrll       alpha_flag_mdebug = 0;
   5673  1.1     skrll       break;
   5674  1.1     skrll #endif
   5675  1.1     skrll 
   5676  1.1     skrll     default:
   5677  1.1     skrll       return 0;
   5678  1.1     skrll     }
   5679  1.1     skrll 
   5680  1.1     skrll   return 1;
   5681  1.1     skrll }
   5682  1.1     skrll 
   5683  1.1     skrll /* Print a description of the command-line options that we accept.  */
   5684  1.1     skrll 
   5685  1.1     skrll void
   5686  1.1     skrll md_show_usage (FILE *stream)
   5687  1.3  christos {
   5688  1.3  christos   fputs (_("\
   5689  1.3  christos Alpha options:\n\
   5690  1.1     skrll -32addr			treat addresses as 32-bit values\n\
   5691  1.1     skrll -F			lack floating point instructions support\n\
   5692  1.1     skrll -mev4 | -mev45 | -mev5 | -mev56 | -mpca56 | -mev6 | -mev67 | -mev68 | -mall\n\
   5693  1.1     skrll 			specify variant of Alpha architecture\n\
   5694  1.1     skrll -m21064 | -m21066 | -m21164 | -m21164a | -m21164pc | -m21264 | -m21264a | -m21264b\n\
   5695  1.1     skrll 			these variants include PALcode opcodes\n"),
   5696  1.1     skrll 	stream);
   5697  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5698  1.1     skrll   fputs (_("\
   5699  1.1     skrll VMS options:\n\
   5700  1.1     skrll -+			encode (don't truncate) names longer than 64 characters\n\
   5701  1.1     skrll -H			show new symbol after hash truncation\n\
   5702  1.1     skrll -replace/-noreplace	enable or disable the optimization of procedure calls\n"),
   5703  1.1     skrll 	stream);
   5704  1.1     skrll #endif
   5705  1.1     skrll }
   5706  1.1     skrll 
   5707  1.1     skrll /* Decide from what point a pc-relative relocation is relative to,
   5708  1.1     skrll    relative to the pc-relative fixup.  Er, relatively speaking.  */
   5709  1.1     skrll 
   5710  1.1     skrll long
   5711  1.1     skrll md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
   5712  1.1     skrll {
   5713  1.1     skrll   valueT addr = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
   5714  1.1     skrll 
   5715  1.1     skrll   switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
   5716  1.1     skrll     {
   5717  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
   5718  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
   5719  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
   5720  1.1     skrll       return addr + 4;
   5721  1.1     skrll     default:
   5722  1.1     skrll       return addr;
   5723  1.1     skrll     }
   5724  1.1     skrll }
   5725  1.1     skrll 
   5726  1.1     skrll /* Attempt to simplify or even eliminate a fixup.  The return value is
   5727  1.1     skrll    ignored; perhaps it was once meaningful, but now it is historical.
   5728  1.1     skrll    To indicate that a fixup has been eliminated, set fixP->fx_done.
   5729  1.1     skrll 
   5730  1.1     skrll    For ELF, here it is that we transform the GPDISP_HI16 reloc we used
   5731  1.1     skrll    internally into the GPDISP reloc used externally.  We had to do
   5732  1.1     skrll    this so that we'd have the GPDISP_LO16 reloc as a tag to compute
   5733  1.1     skrll    the distance to the "lda" instruction for setting the addend to
   5734  1.1     skrll    GPDISP.  */
   5735  1.1     skrll 
   5736  1.1     skrll void
   5737  1.1     skrll md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT * valP, segT seg)
   5738  1.1     skrll {
   5739  1.1     skrll   char * const fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
   5740  1.1     skrll   valueT value = * valP;
   5741  1.1     skrll   unsigned image, size;
   5742  1.1     skrll 
   5743  1.1     skrll   switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
   5744  1.1     skrll     {
   5745  1.1     skrll       /* The GPDISP relocations are processed internally with a symbol
   5746  1.1     skrll 	 referring to the current function's section;  we need to drop
   5747  1.1     skrll 	 in a value which, when added to the address of the start of
   5748  1.1     skrll 	 the function, gives the desired GP.  */
   5749  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
   5750  1.1     skrll       {
   5751  1.1     skrll 	fixS *next = fixP->fx_next;
   5752  1.1     skrll 
   5753  1.1     skrll 	/* With user-specified !gpdisp relocations, we can be missing
   5754  1.1     skrll 	   the matching LO16 reloc.  We will have already issued an
   5755  1.1     skrll 	   error message.  */
   5756  1.1     skrll 	if (next)
   5757  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = (next->fx_frag->fr_address + next->fx_where
   5758  1.1     skrll 			     - fixP->fx_frag->fr_address - fixP->fx_where);
   5759  1.1     skrll 
   5760  1.1     skrll 	value = (value - sign_extend_16 (value)) >> 16;
   5761  1.1     skrll       }
   5762  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5763  1.1     skrll       fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP;
   5764  1.1     skrll #endif
   5765  1.1     skrll       goto do_reloc_gp;
   5766  1.8  christos 
   5767  1.8  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
   5768  1.8  christos       value = sign_extend_16 (value);
   5769  1.8  christos       fixP->fx_offset = 0;
   5770  1.8  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5771  1.8  christos       fixP->fx_done = 1;
   5772  1.1     skrll #endif
   5773  1.1     skrll 
   5774  1.1     skrll     do_reloc_gp:
   5775  1.1     skrll       fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (seg);
   5776  1.1     skrll       md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2);
   5777  1.1     skrll       break;
   5778  1.1     skrll 
   5779  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_8:
   5780  1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
   5781  1.1     skrll 	fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
   5782  1.1     skrll       size = 1;
   5783  1.1     skrll       goto do_reloc_xx;
   5784  1.1     skrll 
   5785  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_16:
   5786  1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
   5787  1.1     skrll 	fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
   5788  1.1     skrll       size = 2;
   5789  1.1     skrll       goto do_reloc_xx;
   5790  1.1     skrll 
   5791  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_32:
   5792  1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
   5793  1.1     skrll 	fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
   5794  1.1     skrll       size = 4;
   5795  1.1     skrll       goto do_reloc_xx;
   5796  1.1     skrll 
   5797  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_64:
   5798  1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
   5799  1.3  christos 	fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
   5800  1.1     skrll       size = 8;
   5801  1.1     skrll 
   5802  1.1     skrll     do_reloc_xx:
   5803  1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
   5804  1.1     skrll 	{
   5805  1.1     skrll 	  md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, size);
   5806  1.1     skrll 	  goto done;
   5807  1.1     skrll 	}
   5808  1.1     skrll       return;
   5809  1.1     skrll 
   5810  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5811  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   5812  1.1     skrll       gas_assert (fixP->fx_subsy == alpha_gp_symbol);
   5813  1.1     skrll       fixP->fx_subsy = 0;
   5814  1.1     skrll       /* FIXME: inherited this obliviousness of `value' -- why?  */
   5815  1.1     skrll       md_number_to_chars (fixpos, -alpha_gp_value, 4);
   5816  1.1     skrll       break;
   5817  1.1     skrll #else
   5818  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   5819  1.1     skrll #endif
   5820  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
   5821  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
   5822  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
   5823  1.1     skrll       return;
   5824  1.1     skrll 
   5825  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
   5826  1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
   5827  1.1     skrll 	{
   5828  1.1     skrll 	  image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
   5829  1.1     skrll 	  image = (image & ~0x1FFFFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x1FFFFF);
   5830  1.1     skrll 	  goto write_done;
   5831  1.1     skrll 	}
   5832  1.1     skrll       return;
   5833  1.1     skrll 
   5834  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
   5835  1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
   5836  1.1     skrll 	{
   5837  1.1     skrll 	  image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
   5838  1.1     skrll 	  image = (image & ~0x3FFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x3FFF);
   5839  1.1     skrll 	  goto write_done;
   5840  1.1     skrll 	}
   5841  1.1     skrll       return;
   5842  1.1     skrll 
   5843  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5844  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
   5845  1.1     skrll       return;
   5846  1.1     skrll 
   5847  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
   5848  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
   5849  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
   5850  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
   5851  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
   5852  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
   5853  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
   5854  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
   5855  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
   5856  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
   5857  1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_addsy)
   5858  1.1     skrll 	S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
   5859  1.1     skrll       return;
   5860  1.3  christos #endif
   5861  1.3  christos 
   5862  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5863  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
   5864  1.3  christos       md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2);
   5865  1.3  christos       return;
   5866  1.3  christos #endif
   5867  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
   5868  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
   5869  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
   5870  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
   5871  1.3  christos       return;
   5872  1.3  christos 
   5873  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5874  1.8  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   5875  1.3  christos       value -= (8 + 4); /* PC-relative, base is jsr+4.  */
   5876  1.3  christos 
   5877  1.3  christos       /* From B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS Linker Utility Manual:
   5878  1.3  christos 	 "Finally, the ETIR$C_STC_BSR command passes the same address
   5879  1.3  christos 	  as ETIR$C_STC_NOP (so that they will fail or succeed together),
   5880  1.3  christos 	  and the same test is done again."  */
   5881  1.3  christos       if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
   5882  1.3  christos 	{
   5883  1.3  christos 	  fixP->fx_addnumber = -value;
   5884  1.3  christos 	  return;
   5885  1.3  christos 	}
   5886  1.3  christos 
   5887  1.3  christos       if (value + (1u << 22) >= (1u << 23))
   5888  1.3  christos 	goto done;
   5889  1.3  christos       else
   5890  1.3  christos 	{
   5891  1.3  christos 	  /* Change to a nop.  */
   5892  1.3  christos 	  image = 0x47FF041F;
   5893  1.8  christos 	  goto write_done;
   5894  1.3  christos 	}
   5895  1.3  christos 
   5896  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   5897  1.3  christos       /* fixup_segment sets fixP->fx_addsy to NULL when it can pre-compute
   5898  1.3  christos 	 the value for an O_subtract.  */
   5899  1.3  christos       if (fixP->fx_addsy
   5900  1.3  christos 	  && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
   5901  1.3  christos 	{
   5902  1.3  christos 	  fixP->fx_addnumber = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixP->fx_subsy)->value;
   5903  1.3  christos 	  return;
   5904  1.3  christos 	}
   5905  1.3  christos 
   5906  1.3  christos       if (value + (1u << 15) >= (1u << 16))
   5907  1.3  christos 	goto done;
   5908  1.3  christos       else
   5909  1.3  christos 	{
   5910  1.3  christos 	  /* Change to an lda.  */
   5911  1.3  christos 	  image = 0x237B0000 | (value & 0xFFFF);
   5912  1.3  christos 	  goto write_done;
   5913  1.8  christos 	}
   5914  1.3  christos 
   5915  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   5916  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   5917  1.3  christos       value -= 4; /* PC-relative, base is jsr+4.  */
   5918  1.3  christos 
   5919  1.3  christos       /* See comment in the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP case above.  */
   5920  1.3  christos       if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
   5921  1.3  christos 	{
   5922  1.3  christos 	  fixP->fx_addnumber = -value;
   5923  1.3  christos 	  return;
   5924  1.3  christos 	}
   5925  1.3  christos 
   5926  1.3  christos       if (value + (1u << 22) >= (1u << 23))
   5927  1.3  christos 	{
   5928  1.3  christos 	  /* Out of range.  */
   5929  1.3  christos 	  if (fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH)
   5930  1.3  christos 	    {
   5931  1.3  christos 	      /* Add a hint.  */
   5932  1.3  christos 	      image = bfd_getl32(fixpos);
   5933  1.1     skrll 	      image = (image & ~0x3FFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x3FFF);
   5934  1.1     skrll 	      goto write_done;
   5935  1.1     skrll 	    }
   5936  1.1     skrll 	  goto done;
   5937  1.1     skrll 	}
   5938  1.1     skrll       else
   5939  1.1     skrll 	{
   5940  1.1     skrll 	  /* Change to a branch.  */
   5941  1.1     skrll 	  image = 0xD3400000 | ((value >> 2) & 0x1FFFFF);
   5942  1.1     skrll 	  goto write_done;
   5943  1.1     skrll 	}
   5944  1.1     skrll #endif
   5945  1.3  christos 
   5946  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
   5947  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
   5948  1.1     skrll       return;
   5949  1.1     skrll 
   5950  1.1     skrll     default:
   5951  1.1     skrll       {
   5952  1.1     skrll 	const struct alpha_operand *operand;
   5953  1.1     skrll 
   5954  1.1     skrll 	if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type >= 0)
   5955  1.1     skrll 	  as_fatal (_("unhandled relocation type %s"),
   5956  1.1     skrll 		    bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type));
   5957  1.1     skrll 
   5958  1.1     skrll 	gas_assert (-(int) fixP->fx_r_type < (int) alpha_num_operands);
   5959  1.1     skrll 	operand = &alpha_operands[-(int) fixP->fx_r_type];
   5960  1.1     skrll 
   5961  1.1     skrll 	/* The rest of these fixups only exist internally during symbol
   5962  1.1     skrll 	   resolution and have no representation in the object file.
   5963  1.1     skrll 	   Therefore they must be completely resolved as constants.  */
   5964  1.1     skrll 
   5965  1.1     skrll 	if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0
   5966  1.1     skrll 	    && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != absolute_section)
   5967  1.1     skrll 	  as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   5968  1.1     skrll 			_("non-absolute expression in constant field"));
   5969  1.1     skrll 
   5970  1.1     skrll 	image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
   5971  1.1     skrll 	image = insert_operand (image, operand, (offsetT) value,
   5972  1.1     skrll 				fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
   5973  1.9  christos       }
   5974  1.1     skrll       goto write_done;
   5975  1.1     skrll     }
   5976  1.9  christos 
   5977  1.1     skrll   if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0 || fixP->fx_pcrel != 0)
   5978  1.1     skrll     return;
   5979  1.1     skrll   else
   5980  1.1     skrll     {
   5981  1.1     skrll       as_warn_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   5982  1.1     skrll 		     _("type %d reloc done?\n"), (int) fixP->fx_r_type);
   5983  1.1     skrll       goto done;
   5984  1.1     skrll     }
   5985  1.1     skrll 
   5986  1.1     skrll  write_done:
   5987  1.1     skrll   md_number_to_chars (fixpos, image, 4);
   5988  1.1     skrll 
   5989  1.1     skrll  done:
   5990  1.1     skrll   fixP->fx_done = 1;
   5991  1.1     skrll }
   5992  1.1     skrll 
   5993  1.1     skrll /* Look for a register name in the given symbol.  */
   5994  1.1     skrll 
   5995  1.1     skrll symbolS *
   5996  1.1     skrll md_undefined_symbol (char *name)
   5997  1.1     skrll {
   5998  1.1     skrll   if (*name == '$')
   5999  1.1     skrll     {
   6000  1.1     skrll       int is_float = 0, num;
   6001  1.1     skrll 
   6002  1.1     skrll       switch (*++name)
   6003  1.1     skrll 	{
   6004  1.1     skrll 	case 'f':
   6005  1.1     skrll 	  if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
   6006  1.1     skrll 	    return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_FP];
   6007  1.1     skrll 	  is_float = 32;
   6008  1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   6009  1.1     skrll 
   6010  1.1     skrll 	case 'r':
   6011  1.1     skrll 	  if (!ISDIGIT (*++name))
   6012  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   6013  1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   6014  1.1     skrll 
   6015  1.1     skrll 	case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
   6016  1.1     skrll 	case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
   6017  1.1     skrll 	  if (name[1] == '\0')
   6018  1.1     skrll 	    num = name[0] - '0';
   6019  1.1     skrll 	  else if (name[0] != '0' && ISDIGIT (name[1]) && name[2] == '\0')
   6020  1.1     skrll 	    {
   6021  1.1     skrll 	      num = (name[0] - '0') * 10 + name[1] - '0';
   6022  1.1     skrll 	      if (num >= 32)
   6023  1.1     skrll 		break;
   6024  1.1     skrll 	    }
   6025  1.1     skrll 	  else
   6026  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   6027  1.1     skrll 
   6028  1.1     skrll 	  if (!alpha_noat_on && (num + is_float) == AXP_REG_AT)
   6029  1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_("Used $at without \".set noat\""));
   6030  1.1     skrll 	  return alpha_register_table[num + is_float];
   6031  1.1     skrll 
   6032  1.1     skrll 	case 'a':
   6033  1.1     skrll 	  if (name[1] == 't' && name[2] == '\0')
   6034  1.1     skrll 	    {
   6035  1.1     skrll 	      if (!alpha_noat_on)
   6036  1.1     skrll 		as_warn (_("Used $at without \".set noat\""));
   6037  1.1     skrll 	      return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_AT];
   6038  1.1     skrll 	    }
   6039  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   6040  1.1     skrll 
   6041  1.1     skrll 	case 'g':
   6042  1.1     skrll 	  if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
   6043  1.1     skrll 	    return alpha_register_table[alpha_gp_register];
   6044  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   6045  1.1     skrll 
   6046  1.1     skrll 	case 's':
   6047  1.1     skrll 	  if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
   6048  1.1     skrll 	    return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_SP];
   6049  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   6050  1.1     skrll 	}
   6051  1.1     skrll     }
   6052  1.1     skrll   return NULL;
   6053  1.1     skrll }
   6054  1.1     skrll 
   6055  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   6056  1.1     skrll /* @@@ Magic ECOFF bits.  */
   6057  1.1     skrll 
   6058  1.1     skrll void
   6059  1.1     skrll alpha_frob_ecoff_data (void)
   6060  1.1     skrll {
   6061  1.1     skrll   select_gp_value ();
   6062  1.1     skrll   /* $zero and $f31 are read-only.  */
   6063  1.1     skrll   alpha_gprmask &= ~1;
   6064  1.1     skrll   alpha_fprmask &= ~1;
   6065  1.1     skrll }
   6066  1.1     skrll #endif
   6067  1.1     skrll 
   6068  1.1     skrll /* Hook to remember a recently defined label so that the auto-align
   6069  1.1     skrll    code can adjust the symbol after we know what alignment will be
   6070  1.1     skrll    required.  */
   6071  1.1     skrll 
   6072  1.1     skrll void
   6073  1.1     skrll alpha_define_label (symbolS *sym)
   6074  1.1     skrll {
   6075  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = sym;
   6076  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   6077  1.1     skrll   dwarf2_emit_label (sym);
   6078  1.1     skrll #endif
   6079  1.1     skrll }
   6080  1.1     skrll 
   6081  1.1     skrll /* Return true if we must always emit a reloc for a type and false if
   6082  1.1     skrll    there is some hope of resolving it at assembly time.  */
   6083  1.1     skrll 
   6084  1.1     skrll int
   6085  1.1     skrll alpha_force_relocation (fixS *f)
   6086  1.1     skrll {
   6087  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_flag_relax)
   6088  1.1     skrll     return 1;
   6089  1.1     skrll 
   6090  1.1     skrll   switch (f->fx_r_type)
   6091  1.1     skrll     {
   6092  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
   6093  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
   6094  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP:
   6095  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
   6096  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
   6097  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
   6098  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
   6099  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   6100  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
   6101  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
   6102  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
   6103  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
   6104  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
   6105  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
   6106  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
   6107  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
   6108  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
   6109  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
   6110  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
   6111  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
   6112  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
   6113  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
   6114  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
   6115  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   6116  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   6117  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   6118  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   6119  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   6120  1.1     skrll #endif
   6121  1.1     skrll       return 1;
   6122  1.1     skrll 
   6123  1.1     skrll     default:
   6124  1.1     skrll       break;
   6125  1.1     skrll     }
   6126  1.1     skrll 
   6127  1.1     skrll   return generic_force_reloc (f);
   6128  1.1     skrll }
   6129  1.1     skrll 
   6130  1.1     skrll /* Return true if we can partially resolve a relocation now.  */
   6131  1.1     skrll 
   6132  1.1     skrll int
   6133  1.1     skrll alpha_fix_adjustable (fixS *f)
   6134  1.1     skrll {
   6135  1.1     skrll   /* Are there any relocation types for which we must generate a
   6136  1.1     skrll      reloc but we can adjust the values contained within it?   */
   6137  1.1     skrll   switch (f->fx_r_type)
   6138  1.1     skrll     {
   6139  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
   6140  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
   6141  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP:
   6142  1.1     skrll       return 0;
   6143  1.1     skrll 
   6144  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
   6145  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
   6146  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
   6147  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
   6148  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
   6149  1.1     skrll       return 1;
   6150  1.1     skrll 
   6151  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
   6152  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
   6153  1.1     skrll       return 0;
   6154  1.1     skrll 
   6155  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
   6156  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   6157  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
   6158  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
   6159  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
   6160  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_16:
   6161  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_32:
   6162  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_64:
   6163  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
   6164  1.1     skrll       return 1;
   6165  1.1     skrll 
   6166  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
   6167  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
   6168  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
   6169  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
   6170  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
   6171  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
   6172  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
   6173  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
   6174  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
   6175  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
   6176  1.1     skrll       /* ??? No idea why we can't return a reference to .tbss+10, but
   6177  1.1     skrll 	 we're preventing this in the other assemblers.  Follow for now.  */
   6178  1.1     skrll       return 0;
   6179  1.1     skrll 
   6180  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   6181  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
   6182  1.1     skrll       /* If we have a BRSGP reloc to a local symbol, adjust it to BRADDR and
   6183  1.1     skrll          let it get resolved at assembly time.  */
   6184  1.1     skrll       {
   6185  1.1     skrll 	symbolS *sym = f->fx_addsy;
   6186  1.1     skrll 	const char *name;
   6187  1.1     skrll 	int offset = 0;
   6188  1.1     skrll 
   6189  1.1     skrll 	if (generic_force_reloc (f))
   6190  1.1     skrll 	  return 0;
   6191  1.1     skrll 
   6192  1.1     skrll 	switch (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD)
   6193  1.1     skrll 	  {
   6194  1.1     skrll 	  case STO_ALPHA_NOPV:
   6195  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   6196  1.1     skrll 	  case STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD:
   6197  1.1     skrll 	    offset = 8;
   6198  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   6199  1.1     skrll 	  default:
   6200  1.1     skrll 	    if (S_IS_LOCAL (sym))
   6201  1.3  christos 	      name = "<local>";
   6202  1.3  christos 	    else
   6203  1.3  christos 	      name = S_GET_NAME (sym);
   6204  1.3  christos 	    as_bad_where (f->fx_file, f->fx_line,
   6205  1.3  christos 		_("!samegp reloc against symbol without .prologue: %s"),
   6206  1.3  christos 		name);
   6207  1.3  christos 	    break;
   6208  1.1     skrll 	  }
   6209  1.1     skrll 	f->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2;
   6210  1.1     skrll 	f->fx_offset += offset;
   6211  1.1     skrll 	return 1;
   6212  1.1     skrll       }
   6213  1.1     skrll #endif
   6214  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   6215  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   6216  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   6217  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   6218  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   6219  1.1     skrll       return 1;
   6220  1.1     skrll #endif
   6221  1.1     skrll 
   6222  1.1     skrll     default:
   6223  1.6  christos       return 1;
   6224  1.6  christos     }
   6225  1.1     skrll }
   6226  1.1     skrll 
   6227  1.1     skrll /* Generate the BFD reloc to be stuck in the object file from the
   6228  1.1     skrll    fixup used internally in the assembler.  */
   6229  1.1     skrll 
   6230  1.3  christos arelent *
   6231  1.1     skrll tc_gen_reloc (asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   6232  1.1     skrll 	      fixS *fixp)
   6233  1.1     skrll {
   6234  1.1     skrll   arelent *reloc;
   6235  1.1     skrll 
   6236  1.1     skrll   reloc = XNEW (arelent);
   6237  1.1     skrll   reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
   6238  1.1     skrll   *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
   6239  1.1     skrll   reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
   6240  1.1     skrll 
   6241  1.1     skrll   /* Make sure none of our internal relocations make it this far.
   6242  1.1     skrll      They'd better have been fully resolved by this point.  */
   6243  1.1     skrll   gas_assert ((int) fixp->fx_r_type > 0);
   6244  1.1     skrll 
   6245  1.3  christos   reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type);
   6246  1.3  christos   if (reloc->howto == NULL)
   6247  1.3  christos     {
   6248  1.1     skrll       as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
   6249  1.1     skrll 		    _("cannot represent `%s' relocation in object file"),
   6250  1.3  christos 		    bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type));
   6251  1.3  christos       return NULL;
   6252  1.1     skrll     }
   6253  1.1     skrll 
   6254  1.1     skrll   if (!fixp->fx_pcrel != !reloc->howto->pc_relative)
   6255  1.3  christos     as_fatal (_("internal error? cannot generate `%s' relocation"),
   6256  1.3  christos 	      bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type));
   6257  1.3  christos 
   6258  1.1     skrll   gas_assert (!fixp->fx_pcrel == !reloc->howto->pc_relative);
   6259  1.3  christos 
   6260  1.3  christos   reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
   6261  1.3  christos 
   6262  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   6263  1.3  christos   /* Fake out bfd_perform_relocation. sigh.  */
   6264  1.3  christos   /* ??? Better would be to use the special_function hook.  */
   6265  1.3  christos   if (fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL)
   6266  1.3  christos     reloc->addend = -alpha_gp_value;
   6267  1.3  christos #endif
   6268  1.3  christos 
   6269  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   6270  1.3  christos   switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
   6271  1.3  christos     {
   6272  1.3  christos       struct evax_private_udata_struct *udata;
   6273  1.3  christos       const char *pname;
   6274  1.3  christos       int pname_len;
   6275  1.3  christos 
   6276  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
   6277  1.3  christos       /* Copy the linkage index.  */
   6278  1.3  christos       reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
   6279  1.3  christos       break;
   6280  1.6  christos 
   6281  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   6282  1.6  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   6283  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   6284  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   6285  1.4  christos       pname = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy)->name;
   6286  1.3  christos 
   6287  1.3  christos       /* We need the non-suffixed name of the procedure.  Beware that
   6288  1.3  christos       the main symbol might be equated so look it up and take its name.  */
   6289  1.3  christos       pname_len = strlen (pname);
   6290  1.3  christos       if (pname_len > 4 && strcmp (pname + pname_len - 4, "..en") == 0)
   6291  1.3  christos 	{
   6292  1.3  christos 	  symbolS *sym;
   6293  1.3  christos 	  char *my_pname = xmemdup0 (pname, pname_len - 4);
   6294  1.3  christos 	  sym = symbol_find (my_pname);
   6295  1.3  christos 	  free (my_pname);
   6296  1.3  christos 	  if (sym == NULL)
   6297  1.3  christos 	    abort ();
   6298  1.3  christos 
   6299  1.6  christos 	  while (symbol_equated_reloc_p (sym))
   6300  1.3  christos 	    {
   6301  1.3  christos 	      symbolS *n = symbol_get_value_expression (sym)->X_add_symbol;
   6302  1.3  christos 
   6303  1.3  christos 	      /* We must avoid looping, as that can occur with a badly
   6304  1.3  christos 	         written program.  */
   6305  1.3  christos 	      if (n == sym)
   6306  1.3  christos 		break;
   6307  1.3  christos 	      sym = n;
   6308  1.3  christos 	    }
   6309  1.3  christos 	  pname = symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->name;
   6310  1.3  christos 	}
   6311  1.1     skrll 
   6312  1.1     skrll       udata = XNEW (struct evax_private_udata_struct);
   6313  1.1     skrll       udata->enbsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
   6314  1.1     skrll       udata->bsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->psym);
   6315  1.1     skrll       udata->origname = (char *)pname;
   6316  1.1     skrll       udata->lkindex = ((struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
   6317  1.1     skrll         symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym)->udata.p)->lkindex;
   6318  1.1     skrll       reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (void *)udata;
   6319  1.1     skrll       reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
   6320  1.1     skrll 
   6321  1.1     skrll     default:
   6322  1.1     skrll       break;
   6323  1.1     skrll     }
   6324  1.1     skrll #endif
   6325  1.1     skrll 
   6326  1.1     skrll   return reloc;
   6327  1.1     skrll }
   6328  1.1     skrll 
   6329  1.1     skrll /* Parse a register name off of the input_line and return a register
   6330  1.5  christos    number.  Gets md_undefined_symbol above to do the register name
   6331  1.5  christos    matching for us.
   6332  1.1     skrll 
   6333  1.1     skrll    Only called as a part of processing the ECOFF .frame directive.  */
   6334  1.1     skrll 
   6335  1.1     skrll int
   6336  1.1     skrll tc_get_register (int frame ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   6337  1.1     skrll {
   6338  1.1     skrll   int framereg = AXP_REG_SP;
   6339  1.1     skrll 
   6340  1.9  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   6341  1.1     skrll   if (*input_line_pointer == '$')
   6342  1.1     skrll     {
   6343  1.1     skrll       char *s;
   6344  1.1     skrll       char c = get_symbol_name (&s);
   6345  1.1     skrll       symbolS *sym = md_undefined_symbol (s);
   6346  1.1     skrll 
   6347  1.1     skrll       *strchr (s, '\0') = c;
   6348  1.1     skrll       if (sym && (framereg = S_GET_VALUE (sym)) <= 31)
   6349  1.1     skrll 	goto found;
   6350  1.1     skrll     }
   6351  1.1     skrll   as_warn (_("frame reg expected, using $%d."), framereg);
   6352  1.1     skrll 
   6353  1.1     skrll  found:
   6354  1.1     skrll   note_gpreg (framereg);
   6355  1.1     skrll   return framereg;
   6356  1.1     skrll }
   6357  1.1     skrll 
   6358  1.1     skrll /* This is called before the symbol table is processed.  In order to
   6359  1.1     skrll    work with gcc when using mips-tfile, we must keep all local labels.
   6360  1.1     skrll    However, in other cases, we want to discard them.  If we were
   6361  1.1     skrll    called with -g, but we didn't see any debugging information, it may
   6362  1.1     skrll    mean that gcc is smuggling debugging information through to
   6363  1.1     skrll    mips-tfile, in which case we must generate all local labels.  */
   6364  1.1     skrll 
   6365  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   6366  1.1     skrll 
   6367  1.1     skrll void
   6368                alpha_frob_file_before_adjust (void)
   6369                {
   6370                  if (alpha_debug != 0
   6371                      && ! ecoff_debugging_seen)
   6372                    flag_keep_locals = 1;
   6373                }
   6374                
   6375                #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
   6376                
   6377                /* The Alpha has support for some VAX floating point types, as well as for
   6378                   IEEE floating point.  We consider IEEE to be the primary floating point
   6379                   format, and sneak in the VAX floating point support here.  */
   6380                #include "config/atof-vax.c"
   6381